A2ASCPU [ETC]
CPU MODULE HIGH SPEED 14K ; CPU模块高速14K\n
| 型号： | A2ASCPU |
| 厂家： | 
ETC |
| 描述： | CPU MODULE HIGH SPEED 14K
|
| 文件： | 总100页 (文件大小：9165K) |
| 中文： | 中文翻译 | 下载： | 下载PDF数据表文档文件 |
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
Programmable
Logic
Controllers
1
MELSEC
AnS,
X
QnAS
54,5
6,5
93,6
6,5
93,6
54,5
ERR
A
1SY81
A
1SX81
8
B
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ERR
8
A
1SY80
8
B
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
8
A
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
ERR
8
A
1SY80
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A
B
C
D
E
9
A
1SX80
A
B
C
D
E
F
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
F
8
9
A
1SCPU
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A
9
A
B
STOP
A
1S62P
A
B
C
D
E
F
B
C
RUN
RESET
C
LCLR
D
RUN
POWER
D
E
E
RESET
F
ERROR
F
HI
BIS
SU
MIT
HI
BIS
SU
MIT
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
L
1
2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
0
0
1
2
A
1
2
3
3
4
OUTPUT
DC5V 3A
4
5
INPUT
AC 100/1
AC 200/220/240V
5
6
7
8
93,6
10/120V
6
7
8
9
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
9
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
E
F
B
F
0
B
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
E
_
E
F
+
F
COM
COM
DC
NC
NC
A1S
1
A
1SY8
0.1A
V
2/24
DC1
X81
A
3/7m
V
2/24
PULL
Technical Catalogue
2000
Return
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
New Items in this Catalogue
Basic Components
The SLOT PLC A80BDE-A2USH-S1 adds a MELSEC CPU in the form of a
plug-in board for a personal computer to the CPUs of the AnS/QnAS series.
Communications and Special Functions Modules
The line of MELSECNET/10 modules is extended by the floating
master module AJ71QLR21 for coaxial connections.
The former MELSECNET/10 interface boards A7BDE-J71LP21 and
A7BDE-J71BR11 were replaced by the 4 newly developed boards
A70BDE-J71QLP23, A70BDE-J71QLP23GE, A70BDE-J71QLR23, and
A70BDE-J71QBR13.
For the AS interface the master module A1SJ71AS92 is provided for
the connection between the AnS/QnAS and the AS-I network.
Software
The graphical programming software IDR-BLOK for closed-loop
control systems is supplemented by the co-processor module
A1SD51S-IDR and the function modules IDR10F-STD and IDR10F-ADV
Further Publications within the PLC Range
AnU, QnA Series Technical Catalogue
ELSEC
M
N
An
A
A
U
An
An
Qn
Product catalogue for programmable logic controllers and
accessories for the MELSEC A and Q series (art no. 61747)
FX Series Technical Catalogue
ELSEC
M
FX0S
FX0N
FX2N
Product catalogue for programmable logic controllers and
accessories for the MELSEC FX family (art. no. 68544)
HMI Technical Catalogue
ELSEC
M
MAC
DU
GOT
Product catalogue for operator terminals, visualisation software
and accessories (art. no. 68542)
DIN ISO 9001 /
EN 29001
About this product catalogue
This catalogue is periodically updated due to product range enlargement, technical changes or new or changed features. For actual informa-
tion about updates, changes, news or even support matters please contact the MITSUBISHI MEL-FAX faxback system (fax: +49 2102 486-485
or -790 ) or have a look at the MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC web pages under www.mitsubishi-automation.com. Both media are nearly daily up-
dated and available in two languages.
Texts, figures and diagrams shown in this product catalogue are intended exclusively for explanation and assistance in planning and ordering
the programmable logic controllers of the MELSEC series and the associated accessories. Only the manuals supplied with the units are rele-
vant for installation, commissioning and handling of the units and the accessories. The information given in this documentation must be read
before installation and commissioning of the units or software.
Should questions arise with regard to the planning of devices described in this product catalogue, do not hesitate to contact MITSUBISHI
ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V. in Ratingen (Germany) or one of its distributors (see cover page).
No parts of this product catalogue may be duplicated, stored in an information system or transmitted without prior express written permission
from MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V.
© MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V. 03/2000 (7th edition)
2
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
CONTENTS
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
A
Q
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ͷ Introduction of the MELSEC AnS series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ͷ Introduction of the MELSEC QnAS series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ͷ Structure and handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ͷ Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
BASICS
BASIC COMPONENTS
ͷ Base units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
ͷ Power supply modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
ͷ CPU modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
DIGITAL MODULES
ͷ Input modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
ͷ Output modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
ͷ Analog modules, temperature control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
ͷ Counter, timer and positioning modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
ͷ Interface modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
ͷ Communications modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
ͷ Communications modules for ETHERNET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
ͷ Communications modules for MELSECNET/10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
ͷ Communications modules for MELSECNET (II). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
ͷ Communications modules for MELSECNET/B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
ͷ Communications modules for CC-Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
ͷ Communications modules for MELSEC I/O-Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
ͷ Communications modules for PROFIBUS/DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
ͷ Communications modules for DeviceNet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
ͷ Communications modules for AS Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
ͷ Pulse catch and interrupt modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
ACCESSORIES
ͷ Dummy modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
ͷ Cables, converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
ͷ Memory cassettes, adapter units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
ͷ Battery, fuses, network accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
TERMINALS AND DIMENSIONS
ͷ Terminal assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
ͷ Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS
PROGRAMMING
ͷ Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
ͷ Programming unit, EPROM writer, Cable for programming units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
ͷ Teaching Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
APPENDIX
ͷ Order form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
ͷ Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
3
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Series AnS
The MELSEC AnS Series
Description
Special features
Ȝ expandable from 32 to 1024 inputs/
output points
Ȝ interchangeable intelligence
A
Ȝ easy installation
Ȝ individual adaptation to existing
With the MELSEC AnS system, MITSUBISHI
ELECTRIC presents its most compact mod-
ular PLC, permitting access to the world of
network technology.
Q
BASICS
systems
Ȝ innovative technology for future
Ȝ diverse communications facilities
applications
The small size and the communications
capability are two important characte-
ristics of the MELSEC AnS. Its compactness
ensures that it occupies less space in the
switchgear cabinet and its diverse commu-
nication facilities guarantee flexibility and
openness. Expandable from 32 to 1024 in-
puts/outputs, this controller is particularly
suitable for performing small to medium
automation tasks, very fast automation
also being possible with the A2ASCPU.
MELSEC A/QnA
MELSEC FX2N
The individual systems can be installed in a
local network (MELSECNET), enabling
them to communicate with one another.
The number of I/O points can thus be
increased several times over.
1S62PN
All CPU types can be combined freely with
one another.
The MELSEC AnS is a member of the
MELSEC PLC family, which offers com-
patibility across the range.
MELSEC FX0N
MELSEC FX0S
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Ȝ A2ASCPU-S1, A2ASCPU-S30/-S60 the
extended alternative to the A2ASCPU for
up to 1024 I/O points and a PLC pro-
gram memory of 14 k steps for the
A2ASCPU-S1 and 30 k or 60 k steps for
the A2ASCPU-S30 and A2ASCPU-S60.
Ȝ With up to 0.15 µs per logical instruc-
tion, time-critical automation tasks can
also be performed. The A2ASCPU-S30
and A2ASCPU-S60 is thus intended for
very complex applications.
Expandability and performance
In the AnS series, simply changing the CPU
ensures that the performance of the PLC
grows with the application. Thus, up to
1024 input/output addresses and up to
60 k program memories can be accessed.
The AnS CPUs all have a permanently
installed RAM of up to 256 kbyte in which,
among other things, the PLC program can
be saved. However, EPROM and EEPROM
memory cassettes are also available for
permanent storage.
60
30
In all CPU modules, the memory content is
protected by an integrated backup battery.
The MELSEC AnS offers tailor-made perfor-
mance through seven different CPUs:
14
12
10
8
Ȝ A1SHCPU, the standard CPU with 256 I/O
points and a PLC program memory of
8 k steps
Ȝ A2SHCPU, the more powerful alterna-
tive with 512 I/O points and a PLC pro-
gram memory of 14 k steps
6
Ȝ A2SHCPU-S1, the extended version of
the A2SHCPU with 1024 I/O points and
a PLC program memory of 30 k steps
Ȝ A2ASCPU, the most powerful CPU
for realizing extremely fast automation
tasks with 512 I/O points and a PLC pro-
gram memory of 14 k steps
4
2
0
A2AS-S60
A2AS-S30
A2AS-S1
A2AS
A2SH-S1
A2SH
A1SH
Number of I/Os (x 100)
Program memory size (k steps)
Cycle time
4
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Layout and Configuration
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Equipment Features
Owing to the modular concept, the AnS
series has a broad range of use with many
possible applications.
The following modules are available for
assembling the system:
To maximize the operational safety, all
modules are isolated from the environ-
ment by means of optocouplers.
All I/O modules with screw contacts have
their own removable terminal blocks
which ensures easy handling during
installation.
A
Q
BASICS
Digital input/output modules
for various signal levels with triac,
relay or transistor switches
Pulse catch and interrupt
modules
Digitalinputmodulesforpulsestorage
and for processing subroutines
DIGITAL
INPUTS/
OUTPUTS
Analog input/output
modules
for current/voltage sig-
nals and for temperature
measurement as well as
PULSE
CATCH/
DIGITAL
INPUTS/
INTERRUPT
OUTPUTS
temperature controlling
MODULES
CPU
with facility for direct
connection of Pt100 re-
sistance thermometers
or thermocouplers
POSITIO-
NING
MODULES
COMMUNI-
CATIONS
MODULES
Communications modules
InterfacemoduleswithRS232/RS422/
RS485 interface for connection of
peripherals or for PLC-PLC coupling.
Positioning modules
Network modules for Ethernet and Profibus and
for setting up MITSUBISHI networks. Master modules
for use of local analog or digital I/O modules
High-speedcountermoduleswith
possibilityforconnectionofincre-
mentalshaftencoderormultiaxial
positioningmodulesforservoand
stepdrive
Use of digital and special function
modules
The use of digital and analog modules and
Module types
AnS/QnAS series
Limitation
most special function modules is depen-
dent only on the maximum addressable
number of addresses and thus on the CPU
used in each case.
A1SHCPU,
A2SHCPU(-S1)
A2ASCPU(-S1),
Q2ASCPU(-S1),
AnU/QnA series
A2ASCPU-S30/-S60 Q2ASHCPU(-S1)
AD51(-S3),
AD51H(-S3),
AD57G(-S3),
AJ71C22,
A1SJ71UC24-R2 (PRF/R4),
A1SJ71E71-B2(-S3),
A1SD51S
With some special function modules, the
use within a system is limited. These re-
strictions also apply to the use of modules
of the MELSEC AnU series in the AnS sys-
tem.
up to 2 modules
per system
up to 6 modules
per system
up to 6 modules
per system
AJ71C24(-S3/-S6/-S8),
AJ71UC24,
AJ71E71(-S3)
only 1 module
per system
only 1 module
per system
only 1 module
per system
A1SI61
AI61(-S1)
All affected modules are listed in the
adjacent table.
AJ71AT21B,
AJ71AR21,
AJ71AP21
A1SJ71AT21B,
A1SJ71AR21
only 1 module
per system
up to 2 modules
per system *
up to 2 modules
per system *
A1SJ71BR11,
A1SJ71LP21GE,
A1SJ71LP21
AJ71BR11,
AJ71LP21GE,
AJ71LP21
only 1 module
per system
up to 4 modules
per system *
not possible
AJ71QBR11,
AJ71QLP21,
AJ71QLP21G
A1SJ71QBR11,
A1SJ71QLP21
not possible
not possible
up to 4 modules
per system *
A1SJ71QE71-B2/-B5
A1SJ71QC24(-R2)
AJ71QE71
AJ71QC24
not possible
not possible
not possible
not possible
no limit
* In this case the total number of modules is limited to 4 (e.g. 2 x AJ71AT21B + 2 x A1SJ71BR11)
5
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Series QnAS
The MELSEC QnAS Series
Description
A
The MELSEC QnAS(H) series is an extremely
compact and very powerful new genera-
tion of controllers from MITSUBISHI
access speed. These controllers are ideal
for medium-scale applications requiring
up to 1024 centralised I/Os in the switch-
gear cabinet or up to 8192 remote I/Os.
The QnAS series is also hardware-compati-
ble to the AnS series – this means you can
continue to use your modules from this
series.
Q
BASICS
ELECTRIC. Outstanding features include
very fast program cycles, ample memory
for large amounts of data (approx. 1 mega
words) and significantly increased network
A1SJ71QBR11, A1SJ71QE71-B2/B5
QnAS series networks support high-speed access to CPU data
during the END instruction, bringing a speed increase of up to
a factor of 8 compared to conventional systems.
QnAS(H)CPU
Ideal for time-critical applications with
execution speeds as fast as 0.075 µs per
logical instruction.
Integrated memory for up to 60 k program steps.
Many additional functions are also possible
without additional instruction
A1S38HB
High-speed base unit that
significantly increases the
overall performance of the
entire system.
If high-speed access to the
QnAS series CPU via the
network is not necessary, a
standard base unit can be
used.
PCMCIA RAM/EEPROM
One slot for PCMCIA RAM/
EEPROM cards
Expansion capability and performance
As with other Mitsubishi controllers the
power of the QnAS series grows with your
application – you simply replace the CPU.
The system can be upgraded to a maxi-
mum capacity of 1024 centralised I/Os or
8192 remote I/Os.
Ȝ Q2ASHCPU 28 k steps program mem-
Ȝ Q2ASHCPU-S1 60 k steps program
memory, program cycle period
0.075 µs/logical instruction, 1024 I/O
points on the base unit.
ory, program cycle period 0.075 µs/log-
ical instruction, 512 I/O points on the
base unit.
The integrated memory of 240 KB RAM can
easily be expanded by up to 2 MB at any
time just by slotting in a PCMCIA RAM card.
60
28
PCMCIA EEPROM cards are also available
for permanent storage of your controller
programs. An integrated battery protects
the data in the CPU’s internal RAM against
power failures.
14
12
10
8
The QnAS(H) series includes four different
CPU models for tailor-made configurations:
Ȝ Q2ASCPU 28 k steps program memory,
program cycle period 0.15 µs/logical in-
struction, 512 I/O points on the system
rack.
Ȝ Q2ASCPU-S1 60 k steps program
memory, program cycle period 0.15
µs/logical instruction, 1024 I/O points
on the base unit.
6
4
2
0
Q2ASH-S1
Q2ASH
Q2AS-S1
Q2AS
Cycle time/log. instruction (µs)
Number of I/Os (x 100)
Program memory size (k steps)
6
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Layout and Configuration
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Equipment Features
QnAS highlights
A
Q
High program execution speed and ex-
tremely fast network access were top
priorities in the development of this new
generation of controllers. At the same time,
our engineers also took utmost care to
maintain full compatibility to the exis-
ting A1S hardware to protect our users
investment in their existing systems.
BASICS
DIGITAL
INPUTS/
OUTPUTS
PULSE
CATCH/
INTERRUPT
MODULES
ANALOG
The QnAS CPU’s high-speed network
access features require the A1S38HB
high-speed base unit in combination with
the appropriate network card. All conven-
tional I/O modules (both analog and digi-
tal) and positioning modules can be used
on the high-speed base unit.
QnAS
MELSEC
INPUTS/
OUTPUTS
QnAS
CPU
COMMUNI-
POSITIONING
MODULES
CATIONS
MODULES
“High-speed” components for
high-speed processing
Integrated real-time clock with
year, month, day, hour, minute
and second, accuracy 2.5
seconds per year
The system can address up to 8192
digital I/O points, 1024 of which can
be installed directly on the mounting
rack.
Integrated RAM
for up to 60 k
program steps
Up to 4096 program subroutines
possible (program pointers)
Integrated backup
battery
User-programmable
timers, in units of 1 ms
T
SER
N
I
HI
S
Floating-point maths,
string handling
TSUBI
CARD
MI
User-programmable software
interrupt time base, in units
of 5 ms
SRAM
K
C
L
761 instructions, e.g. PID,
MIN, MAX, SIN, COS, TAN
PCMCIA slot for RAM/EEPROM
expansion cards with up to
2 MB additional memory, e.g.
for file registers (up to 1018 k
file registers possible)
IEC 1131.3 standard
programming supported with
MELSEC MEDOC plus from
7
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Structure and Handling
Configuration
System structure
A
The CPU and modules are held in a base
unit which has an internal bus connection
for communication between the individual
modules and the CPU. The power supply
module which supplies the voltage for the
entire system is also installed on this base
unit.
Q
Digital I/O module Special function module
CPU module
BASICS
Protective
cover
for
The main base units are available in 4 dif-
ferent versions with 2 to 8 module slots.
Each base unit can be supplemented by
means of an extension base unit, providing
additional slots.
removable
terminal
block
Power supply
module
If you wish to keep open the option of sub-
sequent extension of your PLC or if you
have free slots on your main base unit, you
can insert dummy modules here. They
serve to protect the free slots from soiling
or from mechanical effects but can also be
used for reserving I/O points.
Interface for
extension
base unit
Key switch
Forcablinglargersystemsandmachines-
e.g. in a modular design - the use of remote
I/O modules offers additional communica-
tions facilities. These modules are con-
nected by means of a shielded two-wire
cable.
Interface for
extension
base unit
Base unit
Backup
battery
Memory cassette
Programming
interface
Extension
The main base unit and extension base
units are simply connected to one another
by extension cables. These connecting
cables also supply the extension base units
with the operating voltage of 5 V DC.
Main base unit
Up to three extension base units can be
connected to a main base unit. The exten-
sion may be in the horizontal or vertical
direction.
Extension 1
When choosing the power supply module,
the total power consumption of the I/O
modules, of the special function modules
and of the peripherals must be taken into
account. If necessary, an extension base
unit with a further power supply module
should be used.
Base units of the MELSEC AnA/AnU series
can also be combined with the AnS series
using a special cable.
Extension 3
Extension 2
8
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Structure and Handling
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Handling
A
Mounting the modules
Q
BASICS
The modules are easily mounted on the
main base unit with the aid of a guide lug
and a fixing screw. Installation can thus be
carried out quickly and without problems.
If it becomes necessary to change an
I/O module, the screw terminal block can
be removed beforehand. Thus, it is not
necessary to disconnect the entire cabling
but only 2 screws.
Mounting the base unit
The base unit can be mounted on a
DIN rail or by conventional screw attach-
ments.
The individual base units can be mounted
either side by side or up to 6 m apart.
General specifications
General Specifications
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Ambient relative humidity
Protection
Data
0 – +55 °C
-20 – +75 °C
max. 90 % (non-condensing)
IP 20
Noise durability
1500 Vpp with noise generator; 1 µsat25–60Hz
AC 1500 V, 1 min.
Insulation withstand voltage
Shock resistance
10 G (3 times each in 3 directions)
Vibration resistance
Insulation resistance
Ground
2 G: resistant to vibrations from 10 – 55 Hz for 2 hours along all 3 axes; 0,5 G for DIN rail mounting
>5 MΩ(500 V DC)
Class 3
Environment
Certifications ቢ
Avoid environments containing corrosive gases, install in a dust-free location.
UL/CSA/CE/DNV/RINA/LR
ቢ Approvals for MELSEC AnS series and CE certifications for MELSEC QnAS series as described on the following pages.
9
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Networks
MELSEC Networks
TCP/IP ETHERNET
MELSECNET/B
MELSEC I/O-LINK
A
Readyforimmediateoperation with the
worldwide standard TCP/IPprotocol.APC
connectedto the Ethernet has full access
to all PLCs in the MELSECNET, all the way
down to the I/Os on the production level.
A cost-effective alternative within the pro-
duction level. Enables implementation of
easily-manageable configurations for com-
plex applications by means of distributed
intelligence.
Remote module distribution to the
machine. Devices of third party manu-
facturers can be integrated. Cabling with
twisted pair cable in a tree structure.
Q
BASICS
MELSEC FX Peer-to-Peer
MELSECNET/10 und -NET(II)
CC-Link
The PPN construction enables a network
for up to 8 FX2N and FX0N controllers
as clients.
Low-cost cabling, brilliantly simple set-up
and maximum availability thanks to redun-
dancy and Floating Master. The maximum
coverage is up to 30 km.
The network for the control and I/O level
comprises capabilities like real-time
processing and distributed intelligence.
Modules of third party manufacturers can
be integrated.
The max. coverage is up to 500 m.
A standard twisted-pair cable can be used
as the communications media.
COMMAND LEVEL
TCP/IP ETHERNET
TCP/IP ETHERNET
CONTROL LEVEL
MELSECNET/10
MELSECNET(II)
MELSECNET/B
QnA/
AnU
AnS/QnAS
MELSECNET/10
MELSECNET(II)
MELSECNET/10
MELSECNET/B
AnS/
QnAS
QnA/
AnU
AnS/
QnAS
QnA/
AnU
AnS/
QnAS
PRODUCTION LEVEL
CC-Link
Ans/
QnAS
Remote I/Os
MELSEC I/O-LINK
MELSEC FX-PPN
CC Link
GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL
FX0N/FX2N
MELSEC
I/O-LINK
MIUIHI
MELSEC
FX-PPN
Remote I/Os
GOT series
10
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Networks
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Open Networks
MAP 3.0 ETHERNET
Profibus FMS
DeviceNet
A
Interdepartmental data exchange be-
tween the command and production
levels using a non-proprietary protocol
with short throughput times.
Communication between equipment from
different manufacturers within a single
plant. Automatic data exchange with
MELSEC networks.
Cost-effective CAN-based network
Q
BASICS
communications. Fault-resistant network
structure where components of different
manufacturers can be integrated quickly
and easily.
Profibus DP
Enables quick and simple connection of
sensors and actuators from different man-
ufacturers to MELSEC PLCs, with data trans-
fer rates of up to 12 Mbaud.
AS Interface
International standard for the lowest field
bus level. Connection of conventionel sen-
sors and actuators with twisted pair cable.
COMMAND LEVEL
MAP 3.0 ETHERNET
MAP 3.0 ETHERNET
CONTROL LEVEL
Profibus FMS
P R O F I
PROCESS FIELD BUS
B U S
QnA/
AnU
AnS
PRODUCTION LEVEL
MAC E series
I/O modules
Profibus DP
DeviceNet
AS Interface
Inverter
DeviceNet
Hz
RUN
A
MON
P
U
E
X
T
STOP
RESET
RUN
PROFIBUS DP
FX2N
M
MT series
AS Interface
11
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
BASIC COMPONENTS
Base Units
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Main Base Units
The main base unit is used for holding and coupling
CPU, power supply unit, input modules, output
modules and special function modules.
A
Q
BASICS
Special features:
5V
5V
SG
FG
Ȝ The modules are automatically addressed.
In general, it is assumed that base units with
8 slots will be used. Dummy slots or missing slots
(in the case of base units with less than 8 slots)
are assigned to 16 addresses.
SG
4
I/O
3
I/O
2
I/O
1
I/O
0
I/O
CPU
AIS35B
ER
POW
SHI
TSUBI
MI
The automatic addressing can be changed by
means of the function “I/O assignment”.
Ȝ The units are mounted by means of screws or on
a profiled rail with an integrated adapter.
Specifications
I/Omodules
A1S32B-E
A1S33B-E
A1S35B-E
A1S38B-E
A1S38HB-EU
2
3
5
8
8
Installation
All base units possess an installation hole 6 mm and M5 screws. *
Weight
kg 0.52
0.65
0.75
0.97
1.0
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 220x130x28
255 x 130 x 28
325 x 130 x 28
430 x 130 x 28
430 x 130 x 28
Art. no. 48370
48371
48372
48373
69663
Order information
* An adapter is integrated for mounting on a DIN rail.
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Extension Base Units
The extension base units are connected to the main
baseunitbymeansofassembledbuscables. Thus, an
AnS/QnASsystemcanbeexpandedto32I/Omodules.
Extension base units with or without their own power
supply module are available.
5V
5V
SG
FG
7
I/O
SG
6
I/O
5
I/O
4
I/O
3
I/O
2
I/O
1
I/O
0
I/O
AIS68B
Special features:
ER
POW
SHI
TSUBI
MI
Ȝ A total of three extension base units can be con-
nected to a main base unit.
Ȝ The maximum distance from the first to the last
base unit is 6 m.
Anextensionbaseunitwithapowersupplymodule
must be used in the following cases:
Ȝ If the power consumption of the inserted modules
exceeds the capacity of the power supply module
on the main base unit.
Ȝ If the voltage drops below 4.75 V between the
main base unit and the extension base unit.
Specifications
Powersupplymodules
I/Omodules
A1S52B-S1
A1S55B-S1
A1S58B-S1
A1S65B-S1
A1S68B-S1
—
2
—
5
—
8
1
5
1
8
Installation
All base units possess an installation hole 6 mm and M5 screws. *
Weight
kg 0.38
mm 155x130x28
0.61
0.87
0.71
0.95
Dimensions(WxHxD)
260 x 130 x 28
365 x 130 x 28
315 x 130 x 28
420 x 130 x 28
Art. no. 39667
38073
38072
38071
38070
Order information
Accessories
Connection cables (refer to page 79)
* An adapter is integrated for mounting on a DIN rail.
12
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Power Supply Modules
BASIC COMPONENTS
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Power Supply Modules
Power supply modules
A
Q
They supply the individual modules with the voltages
required for operation. The choice is dependent on
the power consumption of the individual modules.
BASICS
1S61PN
A
1S61PN
A
MELSEC
MELSEC
WER
PO
WER
PO
Special features:
MITSUBISHI
MITSUBISHI
Ȝ The readiness for operation is indicated by a
red LED.
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
INPUT
INPUT
A
A
5VDC 5
5VDC 5
AC
AC
Ȝ For example, controllers can be supplied by
100-240V
100-240V
A
105V
50/60Hz
A
105V
50/60Hz
means of additional 24 V DC output (A1S62PN).
Ȝ The power supply modules A1S61PN and
A1S62PN can be used world wide because they
support the wide input range from 100 to 240 V AC
at 50/60 Hz.
NC
NC
(FG)
(LG)
INPUT
100-240V
A
C
A1S61PN
Specifications
A1S61PN
A1S62PN
100 – 240
—
A1S63P
(+10%, -15%)
(+30%, -35%)
V AC 100 – 240
—
Input
voltage
V DC
—
24
Input frequency
Inrush current
Hz 50 / 60 (±5%)
20 A within 8 ms
105 VA
50/60(±5%)
20 A within 8 ms
105 VA
3
—
81 A within 8 ms
Max. input apparent power
41 W
5
5VDC
A
A
A
A
V
V
5
Rated output
current
24VDC 10%
5VDC
—
0.6
—
≥5.5
—
≥3.3
≥5.5
—
Overcurrent
protection
24 V DC
5VDC
≥0.66
5.5 – 6.5
—
5.5 – 6.5
—
5.5 – 6.5
—
Overvoltage
protection
24 V DC
Efficiency
≥65 %
≥65 %
≥65 %
between primary
and 5 V DC
2830 V AC, 1 min.
—
2830 V AC, 1 min.
2830 V AC, 1 min.
20
500 V AC, 1 min.
Insulation with-
stand voltage
between primary
and 24 V DC
—
1
Max. compensation time
at power failure
ms 20
Power indicator
Terminal screw size
Applicable wire size
Weight
All modules possess a power LED display.
All modules possess terminal screw size M 3.5 x 7.
AWG 18 – 14
AWG 18 – 14
0.8
AWG 16 – 22
0.5
kg 0.8
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 54.5x130x93.6
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art.no. 65051
65052
29536
Order information
13
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
BASIC COMPONENTS
CPU Modules
˾ MELSEC AnS CPU Modules
A1SHCPU, A2SHCPU(-S1)
A
Q
7differentCPUswithgradedperformanceareavailable
fortheMELSECAnS. Allversionsareupwardlycompa-
tible. Thus, theMELSECAnScangrowwiththeapplica-
tioniftheCPUischanged.
BASICS
CPU
H
1
A S
HCPU
1
A S
Special features:
Ȝ Integrated RAM as standard feature for storing the
PLC program and data
Ȝ Integrated backup battery for backing up the RAM
and definable PLC operands
Ȝ Nonvolatile EPROM and EEPROM memories can
be inserted as options
Ȝ Integrated programming interface in the form
of a differential interface (RS422)
Ȝ Processing of the inputs and outputs in direct
mode or as refresh mode
Specifications
A1SHCPU
256
A2SHCPU
512
A2SHCPU-S1
1024
I/O points (internal)
Total I/O points (with remote I/O units)
2048
2048
2048
CPU error detection, Watch Dog, battery error detection, memory error detection, program check,
power supply error detection, fuse error detection
CPU self-diagnostic functions
Battery buffer
Memory type
overall
All modules are fitted with a lithium-battery with a life expectancy of 5 years.
RAM, EPROM, EEPROM
kByte 64
8 k steps
RAM, EPROM, EEPROM
64
RAM, EPROM, EEPROM
192
max. for
PLC program
14 k steps
30 k steps
Program
capacity ቢ
max. for internal
microcomputer
program
kByte 14
14
30
Cycle time
Timer (T)
0.333 µs/log. instruction
0.25 µs/log. instruction
0.25 µs/log. instruction
256
256
256
Counter (C)
256
256
256
Internal / special relay (M)
Data register / special register (D)
File register (R) ባ
2048 / 256
1024 / 256
Max. 8192
32
2048 / 256
2048 / 256
1024 / 256
1024 / 256
Max. 8192
Max. 8192
Interrupt pointer (I)
Pointer (P)
32
32
256
256
256
Annunciator (F)
256
256
256
Accumulator (A)
2
2
2
Index register (V, Z)
Link relay (B) / link register (W)
Comments ባ
2
2
2
1024 / 1024
Max. 4032
261
1024 / 1024
Max. 4032
261
1024 / 1024
Max. 4032
261
Instructions
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
mA 300
400
400
Max. compensation time
at power failure
ms 20
20
20
Weight
kg 0.33
0.33
0.33
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 54.5x130x93.6
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art.no. 66612
66613
66611
Order information
Memory cassettes (refer to page 78)
Accessories
ቢ Dependent on one another
ባ Number dependent on the memory configuration
14
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
CPU Modules
BASIC COMPONENTS
˾ MELSEC AnS CPU Modules
A2ASCPU(-S1), A2ASCPU-S30/-S60
A
Q
In performance, the CPU types A2AS(-S1) corres-
pondtotheA1S/A2S(-S1)types.TheA2ASCPU-S30/-S60
BASICS
diposeofmoreprogramcapacityandshortercycletime.
The AnAS types are also particularly suitable for ap-
plications where short PLC cycle times are required.
Special features:
Ȝ Processing the inputs and outputs with refresh
mode
Ȝ Floating point arithmetic according to IEEE 754
Ȝ Special statements for processing PID control
A1SMCA
-14KE
loops
Ȝ Mathematical functions, such as angle/exponen-
tial functions and logarithm
Specifications
I/O points
A2ASCPU
A2ASCPU-S1
A2ASCPU-S30
A2ASCPU-S60
512
1024
1024
1024
CPU self-diagnostic functions
Battery buffer
CPU error detection, Watch Dog, battery error detection, memory error detection, program check, power supply error detection, fuse error detection
All modules are fitted with a lithium-battery with a life expectancy of 5 years.
Memory type
RAM, EPROM, EEPROM
kByte 64
RAM, EPROM, EEPROM
256
RAM, EPROM, EEPROM
256
RAM, EPROM, EEPROM
256
overall
Program
capacity ቢ
max. for
PLC program
14 k steps
14 k steps
30 k steps
60 k steps
Cycle time
Timer (T)
0.2 µs/log. instruction
0.2 µs/log. instruction
0.15 µs/log. instruction
0.15 µs/log. instruction
2048
2048
2048
2048
Counter (C)
1024
1024
1024
1024
Internal / special relay (M)
Data register / special register (D)
File register (R) ባ
8192 / 256
8192 / 256
8192 / 256
8192 / 256
6144 / 256
6144 / 256
6144 / 256
6144 / 256
Max. 8192
Max. 8192
Max. 8192
Max. 8192
Interruptpointer(I)
32
32
32
32
Pointer (P)
256
256
256
256
Annunciator (F)
2 048
2 048
2 048
2 048
Accumulator(A)
2
2
2
2
Index register (V, Z)
14
14
14
14
Link relay (B) / link register (W)
Comments /expanded comments ባ
Instructions
4096 / 4096
Max. 4032 / max. 3968
463
4096 / 4096
4096 / 4096
4096 / 4096
Max. 4032 / max. 3968
Max. 4032 / max. 3968
Max. 4032 / max. 3968
463
320
463
320
463
320
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
mA 320
Max. compensation time
at power failure
ms 20
20
20
20
Weight
kg 0.41
0.41
0.41
0.41
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 54.5 x 130 x 93.6
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art.no. 38067
42615
56084
63884
Order information
Memory cassettes (refer to page 80)
Accessories
ቢ Independent
ባ Number depends on memory configuration
15
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
BASIC COMPONENTS
CPU Modules
˾ MELSEC QnAS CPU Modules
Q2ASCPU(-S1), Q2ASHCPU(-S1)
A
Q
These controllers make it possible to use small
modular systemsincomplexproductionsystemscalling
forshortcycletimes. TheseCPUscanalsohandlereally
largerecipes, makingthemidealforuseinnetworks.
BASICS
Special features:
Ȝ Processing of inputs and outputs as process I/O
image (direct processing instructions are avail-
able)
Ȝ IEEE 754 floating point maths
Ȝ Dedicated instructions for PID controller circuits
Ȝ Mathematical functions including trig, exponents
and logarithms
Ȝ The CPU can store an entire controller cycle pro-
gram including the graphical information. This
means that the entire program information is
available when you download the program from
the CPU to the PC.
PULL
Specifications
Q2ASCPU
8192
Q2ASCPU-S1
8192
Q2ASHCPU
8192
Q2ASHCPU-S1
8192
Max. I/O points overall
Max. I/O points on mounting rack
CPU self-diagnostic functions
Battery buffer
512
1024
512
1024
Program plausibility, watchdog (time), battery check, memory test, CPU test, line voltage monitor, fuse test
All modules are fitted with a lithium-battery with a life expectancy of 5 years.
Memory type
RAM, EEPROM
kByte 112
RAM, EEPROM
240
RAM, EEPROM
112
RAM, EEPROM
240
overall
Program
capacity ቢ
max. for PLC program
28 k steps
µs LD: 0.20 / MOV: 0.60
2048
60 k steps
LD: 0.20 / MOV: 0.60
2048
28 k steps
LD: 0.075 / MOV: 0.225
2048
60 k steps
LD: 0.075 / MOV: 0.225
2048
Cycle period
Timers (T)
Counters (C)
1024
1024
1024
1024
Relays / special relays (M)
Data registers / special registers (D)
File registers (R) ቤ
8192 / 2048
12288 / 2048
8192 / 2048
12288 / 2048
8192 / 2048
12288 / 2048
8192 / 2048
12288 / 2048
1018 k words x 1 (PCMCIA memory card required. Number of file registers depends on capacity of PCMCIA memory card.)
Interruptpointer(I)
Pointer (P)
48
48
48
48
4096
2048
16
4096
2048
16
4096
2048
16
4096
2048
16
Annunciator (F)
Indexregister(Z)
Link relay (B) / link register (W)
Comments ባ
8192 / 8192
8192 / 8192
8192 / 8192
8192 / 8192
Approx. 64 k (PCMCIA memory card required. Number of comments depends on capacity of PCMCIA memory card.)
Instructions
Sequential: 39, others: 722
mA 300
Sequential: 39, others: 722
300
Sequential: 39, others: 722
700
Sequential: 39, others: 722
700
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Max. compensation time
at power failure
ms Depends on power supply unit used, see page 13.
Weight
kg 0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 54.5 x 130 x 110
54.5 x 130 x 110
54.5 x 130 x 110
54.5 x 130 x 110
Art. no. 61039
61031
61044
61045
Order information
Memory cards (refer to page 80)
Accessories
ቢ Interdependent
ባ Number depends on memory configuration
16
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
CPU Modules
BASIC COMPONENTS
˾ MELSEC Slot PLC
PLC based controller
A
Q
The slot PLC A80BDE-A2USH-S1 is a MELSEC CPU in
the form of a PC slot-in board and is designed for the
installation in a PC with the operating system
MS Window NT (from version 4.0)
BASICS
Special features:
Ȝ 32 bit PCI board with 33 MHz bus clock rate
Ȝ Extension units with modules of the AnU/AnS
A8
0
TE
B
D
D-
ERR.
A
N
RU
A2
USH-
9908A
series can be connected
S1
C
RESET
Ȝ Installation software included when shipped
US
A-B
Ȝ Programmabel by MELSEC MEDOC plus and
GPP/Win
Ȝ Access to devices of the CPU with the help of the
programming languages Visual C++ or
Visual Basic (from version 5)
Ȝ Extensive software package (see accessories in
51
101G
BD808C
the table below)
51
086G
BD808C
Specifications
A80BDE-A2USH-S1
8192 total / 1024 on base unit (192 I/O points 00-BF used by the system)
Max. I/O points
CPU self-diagnostic functions
Backup battery
Program plausibility, Watch Dog (time), battery check, memory error detection, CPU error detection, power supply error detection, fuse test
The board is equipped with a lithium-battery with a durability of 5 years.
RAM, EPROM
Memory type
overall
kBytes 448
Program
capacity ቢ
max. for PLC program
30 k steps
Cycle time
Timer (T)
0.09 µs/log. instruction
2048
Counter (C)
1024
Internal relay / special relay (M)
Data register / special register (D)
File register (R) ባ
Interrupt pointer (I)
Pointer (P)
8192 / 256
8192 / 256
Max. 8192
32
256
Annunciator (F)
2048
Accumulator (A)
2
Index register (V, Z)
Link relay (B) / link register (W)
Comments ባ
14
8192 / 8192
Max. 4032
462
Instructions
Internal current consumption
External voltage supply
Weight
A
Max. 2
+5 V DC (+-5%)
kg 0.5
StandardPCIboard
Dimension
Art. no. 129404
Order information
BasedriversoftwareforCPU–PCcommunications:SW3D5F-CSKP-E,softwaretoolforsimpledataexchangebetweenCPUandMS-EXCEL:SW3D5F-OLEX-E,
user programmable visualization package: SW3D5F-XMOP-E,
memory cassette art. no.: 24706, 24746, 4103
Accessories
ቢ Dependent on one another
ባ Number dependent on the memory configuration
17
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
DIGITAL MODULES
Input / Output Modules
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Digital Input Modules
Detection of process signals
A
Q
Various input modules are available for converting
the digital process signals with different voltage
levels into the levels required by the PLC.
BASICS
1SX80
A
1SX80
A
8
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
C
D
E
F
Special features:
Ȝ The input points can be operated alternatively as
0
1
2
1
3
5
7
2
4
6
positive or negative switching.
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
4
Ȝ Potential isolation between process and control
by means of an optocoupler is a standard
feature
Ȝ Indication of input status via LEDs
Ȝ Modules with 16 connection points have remov-
able terminal blocks with screws.
Ȝ Modules with 32 connection points have a
37-pin D-sub plug (supplied with the module)
Ȝ Assembled cables are available for modules with
5
6
7
COM
8
8
9
A
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
B
C
D
E
F
COM
DC
NC
NC
D-sub plugs (A32CBL: 3 m).
A
3m
A
7m
12V
24V
A1SX80
DC
DC
Specifications
Input points
A1SX10EU
A1SX20EU
A1SX80
A1SX80-S1
A1SX81
16
16
16
16
32
Isolation method
Rated input voltage
Photocoupler isolation between input terminals and PC power for all modules.
110 – 120 V AC (50 / 60 Hz) 200 – 240 V AC (50 / 60 Hz) 12 / 24 V DC
24 V DC
12 / 24 V DC
—
Operating voltage range
Max. simultaneously ON
AC 85 – 132 V AC
100 %
170 – 264 V AC
—
—
60 % (at 220 V AC)
100 % (at 26.4 V DC)
100 % (at 26.4 V DC)
60 % (at 26.4 V DC)
200 mA for 1 ms
(at 132 V AC)
500 mA for 1 ms
(at AC 264 V)
Inrush current
—
—
—
Rated input current
mA 7 mA (at 120 V AC, 60 Hz)
ca. 11 (at 240 V AC, 60 Hz)
ca. 3 / ca. 7
≥DC 8
ca. 7
ca. 3 / ca. 7
≥DC 8
voltage
V
≥AC 80
mA ≥AC 5
≤AC 30
mA ≤AC 1
≥AC 80
≥AC 4
≥DC 17
≥DC 5
ON
current
≥DC 2
≥DC 2
voltage
V
≤AC 30
≤AC 1
≤DC 4
≤DC 5
≤DC 4
OFF
current
≤DC 1
≤DC 1.7
ca. 3.3
≤DC 1
Load resistance
kΩ ca. 21 (50 Hz) / ca. 18 (60 Hz) ca. 27 (50 Hz) / ca. 22 (60 Hz) ca. 3.3
ca. 3.3
OFF ǞON
ms ≤20 (100 V AC, 60 Hz)
ms ≤35 (100 V AC, 60 Hz)
16
≤30 (200 V AC, 60 Hz)
≤55 (200 V AC, 60 Hz)
16
≤10 (24 V DC)
≤10 (24 V DC)
16
≤0,4 (24 V DC)
≤0,5 (24 V DC)
16
≤10 (12 / 24 V DC)
≤10 (12 / 24 V DC)
32
Response time
ON ǞOFF
Common terminal arrangement
Power indicator
All modules possess a status LED per input/output.
20-point removable
terminal block
20-point removable
terminal block
20-point removable
terminal block
20-point removable
terminal block
Compact plug
type 37 D-Sub
Connection terminal
No. of occupied I/O points
Applicable wire size
16
16
16
16
32
mm2 0.75 – 1.5
0.75 – 1.5
0.75 – 1.5
0.75 – 1.5
0.3
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 50 (all input points ON)
kg 0.21
50 (all input points ON)
0.23
50 (all input points ON)
0.2
50 (all input points ON)
0.2
80 (all input points ON)
0.24
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5x130x93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 54914
—
53665
—
24973
—
31536
—
24974
Order information
Accessories
Adapter cable (see page 77)
20-point removable terminal block and cover: A1STEC-S, art. no. 31248
Spare parts
18
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Input / Output Modules
DIGITAL MODULES
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Digital Output Modules
Adapted output technology
A
Q
The MELSEC AnS output modules have different
switching elements for adaptation to many control
BASICS
ERR
1SY80
A
ERR
8
1SY80
A
8
tasks.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
C
D
E
F
Special features:
Ȝ Output modules with relay, transistor or triac
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
COM1
L
1
2
switches
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
4
Ȝ Potential isolation between process and control
by means of an optocoupler is a standard
feature
5
6
7
8
+
Ȝ Modules with potential isolation between the
_
9
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
channels
L
A
B
C
D
E
F
Ȝ Modules with 16 protection points have
removable terminal blocks with screws
Ȝ Modules with 32 connection points have a
37-pin D-sub plug (supplied with the module)
Ȝ Assembled cables are available for the modules
COM2
+
_
with D-sub plugs (A32CBL: 3 m)
240V
100/
AC
0.6A
A1SY80
Specifications
Outputs
A1SY10EU
A1SY14EU
A1SY18AEU
A1SY22ቢ
A1SY28EU
A1SY68A
A1SY80
A1SY81
32
16
12
8
16
8
8
16
Output type
Relay
8
Relay
4
Relay
1
Triac
8
Triac
4
Transistor
1
Transistor
8
Transistor
32
Common terminal arrangement
Isolation method
points
Photocoupler isolation between output terminals and PC power for all modules.
24VDC/120VAC 24VDC/240VAC 24VDC/240VAC 100 – 240 V AC 100 – 240 V AC 5/12/24/48VDC 12 / 24 V DC
Rated output voltage
12 / 24 V DC
Operating voltage range
—
—
—
—
—
4.5–52.8VDC 10.2–30VDC
10.2–30VDC
24VAC(100 mA) 24VAC(15mA)
100VAC(10mA) 100VAC(15mA)
240VAC(20mA) 240VAC(15mA)
Min. switching load
5 V DC (1 mA)
5 V DC (1 mA)
5 V DC (1 mA)
—
—
—
Max. switching voltage
Max. output current
125VDC/132VAC 125VDC/264VAC 125VDC/264VAC 264 V AC
264 V AC
0.6
—
2
—
0.8
3.2
—
0.1
2
A
A
2
8
2
8
2
2
0.6
2.4
Output current per group TYP.
1.9
2
20 A for 10 ms, 30 A for 10 ms,
8 A for 100 ms 15 A for 100 ms
1.5mA(120VAC), 1.5 mA
3 mA (240 V AC) (240VAC/60Hz)
Inrush current
—
—
—
—
—
—
8 A for 10 ms
8 A for 10 ms
0.1
0.4 A for 10 ms
0.1
Leakage current at OFF
mA
0.1
3
OFF ǞON
Response time
ms 10
ms 12
10
12
10
12
1
1
2
2
ON ǞOFF
0.5 period +1 ms 0.5 period +1 ms 10
2
2
mechanical
Switching 20 million times
Switching 100000 times or more
Switching 3600 times/h
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Life
electrical
—
—
Max. switching frequency
Noisesuppression
Fuse
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CR(0.01µF,47Ω) CR (0.01µF,47Ω) Zener diode
Zener diode
5
Zener diode
3,2
A
5
—
—
Power indicator
All modules possess a status LED per output.
Fuse blown indicator
Connection terminal
No. of occupied I/O points
Applicable wire size
—
—
—
LED
—
—
LED
LED
20-point removable terminal block
D-Sub plug
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
32
mm2 0.75 – 1.5
0.75 – 1.5
100
0.75 – 1.5
75
0.75–1.5
2
0.75–1.5
—
0.75 – 1.5
—
0.75 – 1.5
20
0.3
voltage
current
mA 90
8
Ext. power
supply req.
24 V DC, ±10 % 24 V DC, ±10 % 24 V DC, ±10 % 100 – 240 V AC 240 V AC
—
12/24 V DC
120
12/24 V DC
500
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 120
kg 0.25
120
240
270
270
110
0.25
0.25
0.24
0.24
0.2
0.2
0.23
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5x130x93.6 34.5x130x93.6 34.5x130x93.6 34.5x130x93.6 34.5x130x93.6 34.5x130x93.6 34.5x130x93.6 34.5x130x93.6
Art. no. 53666
—
54349
—
53667
—
24976
—
54348
—
33199
—
24977
—
24978
Order information
Adapter cable
Accessories
ቢ Does not comply to CE standard
19
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Analog Modules
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Analog Input Modules
Detection of analog process signals
A
Q
The analog input modules convert analog process
signals, for example pressure, flow or fill level,
linearly into digital values, which are further pro-
cessed by the AnS/QnAS CPU.
BASICS
1S68AD
RUN
A
1S68AD
RUN
A
+
Special features:
1
2
C
H
1
+
_
_
C
H
2
Ȝ Up to 8 channels per module (A1S68AD) and up
to 256 channels per system (A2SCPU-S1/
A2ASCPU-S1/-S30/-S60)
Ȝ Resolution of 0.83 mV and 3.33 µA (A1S64AD)
Ȝ Conversion time of 0.5 msec./channel (A1S68AD)
3
0
4
AG
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
5
AG
6
+
C
7
+
_
H
3
_
C
H
4
8
9
+
_
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Ȝ Calculation of average value over the time or
C
H
5
+
_
C
H
6
measurement cycles can be configured
Ȝ Potential isolation between process and control
by means of an optocoupler is a standard
feature.
AG
+
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
AG
C
+
_
H
_
C
H
8
7
Ȝ The module is provided with a removable termi-
A/D
0~H
nal block fastened with screws.
V
A
0~20m
A1S68AD
Specifications
Input points
Analog input
Resolution
A1S64AD
A1S68AD
4
8
-10 V / +10 V (-20 mA / +20 mA)
-10 V / +10 V (0 mA / +20 mA)
16 bits binary (incl. sign)
16 bits binary (incl. sign)
voltage
current
voltage
current
MΩ
Ω
1
1
Load
resistance
250
±15
250
±35
±30
V
Max. input
mA ±30
Analog input
Digital output
Analog input
Digital output
Voltage
Current
1/4000
1/8000
1/12000
Voltage
Current
+10 V
+5 V
0V
4000
2000
0
-2000
-4000
8000
4000
0
-4000
-8000
12000
6000
0
-6000
-12000
0–+10V
0 – +4000
-2000 – +2000
0 – +4000
I/O characteristics
+20 mA
0mA
-20mA
-10 – +10 V 0–20mA
0– +5V
1– +5V
4–20mA
-5 V
0 – +4000
-10 V
resolution
1/4 000
2.5 mV
10 µA
1/8000
1.25 mV
5µA
1/12000
0.83 mV
3.33µA
0–+10V
-10 – +10 V
0– +5V
1– +5V
2.5 mV
5mV
1.25 mV
1mV
Max.
resolution
voltage input
current input
0–20mA
4–20mA
5µA
4µA
Overall accuracy
±1.0 % (for the whole measurement range)
±1.0 % (for the whole measurement range)
ms/
channel
Max. conversion time
20
0.5
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation between output terminals and PC power for all modules.
I/O points
32
32
Connection terminal
External power consumption
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
All modules are fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
Not neccessary for both modules
mm2 0.75 – 1.5
0.75 – 1.5
400
mA 400
kg 0.25
0.27
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5x130x93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 25707
46478
Order information
20
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Analog Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Analog Output Modules
Output of analog control signals
A
Q
The analog output modules convert digital values
predetermined by the CPU into an analog current or
BASICS
1S68DAV
RUN
A
1S68DAV
RUN
A
voltagesignal. Forexample, frequencyinverters, valves
or slide valves are controlled by means of these
signals.
1
2
D
C
D
Special features:
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
C
H
1
C
H
2
C
H
3
C
H
4
C
H
5
C
H
6
C
H
7
C
H
8
3
0
Ȝ Up to 8 channels per module (A1S68DAV/DAI) and
up to 256 channels per system (A2SCPU-S1/
A2ASCPU-S1/-S30/-S60)
Ȝ Resolution of 0.83 mV and 1.7 µA (A1S62DA)
Ȝ Conversion time of 4 msec. / 8 channels
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
(A1S68DAV/DAI)
Ȝ Potential isolation between process and control
by means of an optocoupler is a standard
feature.
V-
Ȝ The module is provided with a removable termi-
FG
nal block fastened with screws.
D/A
0~H
V
A1S68DAV
Specifications
A1S62DA
A1S68DAV
A1S68DAI
Output points
2
8
8
-4000 – +4000
-8000 – +8000
-12000 – +12000
Digital input
-2048 – +2047
0 – +4096
Analogoutput
-10VDC–+10VDC(0mA–+20mADC)
2 kΩ–1MΩ
-10VDC–+10VDC
2kΩ–1MΩ
—
4mA–+20mADC
—
voltage
current
Load
resistance
0 – 600 Ω
0 – 600 Ω
Voltage output
Voltage
output
Voltage
output
1/4000
1/8000
1/12000
4000
2000
0
8000
4000
0
12000
6000
0
+10 V
+5 V
0V
2000
1000
0
+10 V
+5 V
0V
—
—
—
—
I/O
characte-
ristics
digital input
-2000
-4000
-4000
-8000
-6000
-12000
-5 V
-1000
-2000
-5 V
-10 V
-10 V
Max. resolution
2.5 mV
1.25 mV
0.83 mV
(10 V)
5 mV
—
Current output
Current
output
Currrent
output
1/4000
1/8000
1/12000
—
—
—
I/O
4000
2000
0
8000
4000
0
12000
6000
0
20 mA
12 mA
4mA
4000
2000
0
20 mA
12 mA
4mA
digital
input
characte-
ristics
Max. resolution
5 µA
2.5 µA
1.7µA
(20 mA)
—
4 µA
±1.0 %
±1.0 %
±1.0 %
Overall accuracy
(for the whole measurement range)
(for the whole measurement range) (for the whole measurement range)
Max. conversion time
Isolation method
25 ms / 2 channels (or 1 channel)
4 ms / 8 channels
4 ms / 8 channels
Photocoupler isolation between output terminals and PC power for all modules.
I/O points
32
32
32
Connection terminal
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
All modules are fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
mm2 0.75 – 1.5
0.75 – 1.5
650
0.75 – 1.5
850
mA 800
kg 0.32
0.28
0.28
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5x130x93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 25709
46475
46477
Order information
21
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Analog Modules
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Analog Input/Output Modules
Analog modules with inputs and outputs
A
Q
These modules have both analog inputs and one or
two analog outputs. Individual channels operate au-
tonomously but can also be coupled to one another.
BASICS
1S63ADA
A
1S63ADA
A
O
O
SET
GAI
SET
GAI
RUN
RUN
N
N
CH
CH
9
9
UP
8
UP
8
7
7
4
5
4
N
DOW
5
N
DOW
Special features:
Ȝ 2 or 4 analog input points and 1 or 2 analog
TEST
1
2
output points
3
0
C
D
4
Ȝ Resolution of 0.83 mV and 3.3 µA (input)/
1.7 µA (output)
Ȝ Extremely short processing time due to
high-speed conversion with the A1S66ADA
Ȝ Linkage of input/output via formulae or
V+
I+
COM
SLD
V+
I+
COM
SLD
V+
V-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
C
H
1
I
5
6
7
N
8
C
H
2
I
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
N
X/Y graph
C
H
3
O
U
T
Ȝ Potential isolation between process and control
by means of an optocoupler is a standard
feature.
I+
I-
AG
FG
A/D
0~H
0~Pm
Ȝ The modules are provided with a removable
V
A
D/A
0~H
4~20m
terminal block fastened with screws.
V
A
A1S63ADA
Specifications
A/D conversion
Analog input
A1S63ADA
-10 V DC – +10 V DC (-20 mA – +20 mA DC)
A1S66ADA
-10 – 0 – +10 V DC (0 – 20 mA DC)
0 – 4095 (12 bit binary)
-4096–+4095(1/4000),-8192–+8191(1/8000),
-12288–+12287(1/12000)
Resolution
Analog input
Digital output
Analog input
Digital output
0–10V
0–5V
-4000 – 4000
-8000 – 8000
-2000 – 2000
-4000 – 4000
I/O characteristics
0–20mA
4–20mA
-10–+10V
-20–20mA
0 – 4095
1–5V
-12000 – 12000 -6000 – 6000
-10 – 10 V
voltage input
current input
0.83 mV (at resolution 1/12000)
3.3 µA (at resolution 1/12000)
±1.0 %
1 mV (for analog input range from 1 to 5 V)
4 µA (for analog input range from 4 to 20 mA)
±1.0 %
Max.
resolution
Overall accuracy
Max. conversion time
Absolute max. input
Analog input points
D/A conversion
1ms/channel(at1/4000); 2ms/channel(at1/8000);3ms/channel(at1/12000) ≤400 µs (for 4 channels); scan time 80 µs (for 1 channel)
Voltage: ±15 V, current: ±30 mA
Voltage: ±15 V, current: ±30 mA
2
4
-4000–+4000(1/4000),-8000–+8000(1/8000),-12000–+12000(1/12000)
0 – +4000 (1/4000), 0 – +8000 (1/8000), 0 – +12000 (1/12000))
Digital input
0–4000 (12bitbinary)
Analogoutput
-10V–+10V(0–+20mADC)
-10–0–10VDC(0–20mADC)
Digital input
Analog output
Digital input
Analog output
0–10V
0–5V
-4000 – 4000
-8000 – 8000
-2000 – 2000
-4000 – 4000
I/O characteristics
0–20mA
4–20mA
-10 – +10 V
4 – 20 mA
0 – 4000
1–5V
-12000 – 12000 -6000 – 6000
-10 – 10 V
voltage input
current input
0.83 mV (at resolution 1/12.000)
1.7 µA (at resolution 1/12.000)
1.0 % (to the maximum value)
1 mV (for analog input range from 1 to 5 V)
4 µA (for analog input range from 4 to 20 mA)
1.0 % (to the maximum value)
Max.
resolution
Overall accuracy
Max. conversion time
Absolute max. output
Analog output points
Isolation method
1 ms (1/4000), 2 ms (1/8000), 3 ms (1/12000)
≤240 µs (for 2 channels); scan time 80 µs (for 1 channel)
Voltage: ±12 V, current: ±28 mA
2
Voltage: ±12 V, current: ±28 mA
1
Photocoupler isolation between output terminals and PC power.
Photocoupler isolation between output terminals and PC power.
I/O points
32
64
Connection terminal
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
The module is fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
mm2 0.75 – 1.5
The module is fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
0.75 – 1.5
210
mA 800
kg 0.3
0.33
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 36251
70543
Order information
22
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Analog Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Analog Modules for Pt100-Elements
Temperature measurement by resistance
thermometer
A
Q
BASICS
These analog modules are used for direct connection
1S62RD4
A
1S62RD4
A
O
O
of Pt100 resistance thermometers. The measurement
is based on the three-conductor or four-conductor
method.
SET
GAI
SET
GAI
RUN
RUN
N
N
UP
UP
CH1
CH2
CH1
CH2
N
DOW
N
DOW
1
2
TEST
Special features:
3
0
4
Ȝ Linearized measuring range from -180 °C to 600 °C
Ȝ Pt100 elements according to DIN and JIS are
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
5
6
a1
A1
B1
b1
7
supported.
C
H
1
8
Ȝ A cable break is indicated to the CPU by the
9
SLD
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
module.
a2
A2
B2
b2
Ȝ Calculation of average value over the time or
C
H
2
measurement cycles can be configured.
Ȝ Potential isolation between process and control
by means of an optocoupler is a standard
feature.
SLD
AG
FG
Ȝ The module is provided with a removable termi-
UT
INP
PT
100
nal block fastened with screws.
A1S62RD4
Specifications
A1S62RD3
3-wire type
2
A1S62RD4
4-wire type
2
Method of measurement
Pt100-input points
Connectable temperature
measuring resistants
type Pt100 (conforms to JIS C 1604-1989 and DIN IEC 751), JPt100 (conforms to JIS C 1604-1981)
Temperature input range
°C Pt 100: -180 – 600 (27.08 Ω– 313.59 Ω), JPt 100: -180 – 600 (25.8 Ω– 317.28 Ω)
16 bits signed binary: -1800 – +6000
32 bits signed binary: -180000 – +600000
16 bit signed binary:
-1800 – +6000
Detected temperature value
32 bit signed binary: -180000 – +600000
Max. resolution
°C 0.025
0.025
Overall accuracy
±1 % (to the maximum value)
±1 % (to the maximum value)
40 ms per channel ON
Max. conversion time
Isolation method
I/O points
40 ms per channel ON
No isolation between channels. Photocoupler isolation between input terminal and PC CPU power.
32
32
Connection terminal
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
All modules are fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
mm2 0.75 – 2
0.75 – 2
440
mA 540
kg 0.29
0.28
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 25710
25712
Order information
23
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Analog Modules
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Analog Module for Temperature Measurement
Temperature measurement by thermocouple
A
Q
This module is used for temperature measurement by
means of a thermocouple. The reference temperature
is determined by means of a Pt100 resistance ther-
mometer.
BASICS
1S68TD
RUN
A
1S68TD
RUN
A
+
_
CH1
Special features:
Ȝ The module has 8 thermocouple inputs and a
Pt100 input for the reference temperature.
Ȝ Linearized measuring range up to 1700 °C
1
2
B
T
D
3
0
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
5
+
H
4
6
C
H
5
_
7
(thermocouple-dependent)
+
_
8
Ȝ The thermocouple types B, R, S, K, E, J and T with
the thermoelectric voltage curves according to
DIN IEC 584-1 are supported.
Ȝ Potential isolation between process and control
by means of an optocoupler is a standard
feature.
C
H
6
9
+
_
C
H
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
+
_
C
H
5
+
_
C
H
6
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
+
_
C
H
8
FG
FG
Ȝ The module is provided with a removable termi-
nal block fastened with screws.
A/D
V
0~H
0~20m
A
A1S68TD
Specifications
A1S68TD
8
Input points
Temperature input range
Detected temperature value
Scaling value
°C 0–1700
16 bits signed binary: 0 – 17000 (value to the first decimal place x 10)
°C 16 bits signed: 0 – +2000
Temperature
measurement range
Conversion accuracy
Temperature characteristic
Type
(at operating ambient temperature is Ta = 25 5°C) (whenoperatingambienttemperaturevariesby∆T=1°C)
B
800 – 1700 °C
300 – 1600 °C
300 – 1600 °C
0 – 1200 °C
±2.5 °C
±2°C
±0.4 °C
±0.3 °C
±0.3 °C
R
S
±2°C
Thermocouple
K
E
0 – 800 °C
0 – 750 °C
0 – 350 °C
±0.5 °C or 0.25 % of the measured temperature
which ever is larger
±0.07 °C or 0.02 % of the measured temperature
which ever is larger
J
T
Cold junction compensation accuracy
Overall accuracy
±1°C
(Conversion accuracy Ta) + (temperature characteristic) x (operating ambient temperature variation) 1 °C *
B, R, S:
K,E,J,T:
0.3 °C
0.1 °C
Max. resolution
Max. conversion time
Absolute max. input voltage
Isolation method
400 ms / 8 channels, without respect to the number of used channels
V
±5
Transformer
I/O points
32
Connection terminal
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
The module is fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
mm2 0.75 – 1.5
mA 320
kg 0.28
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 46476
Order information
*Example:
Overall accuracy = (conversion accuracy at Ta = 25 °C ±5 °C) + (temperature characteristic by ∆T = 1 °C) x (operating ambient temperature variation) + ( 1 °C)
Example for thermocouple type 3 when the operating ambient temperature is 35 °C = (±2.5°C)+(±0.4 °C) x (5 °C) + (±1 °C) = ±5.5 °C
Ta = operating ambient temperature
∆T = operating ambient temperature variation
24
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Temperature Control Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Temperature Control Modules
Temperature control modules with
PID algorithm
A
Q
BASICS
These modules enable PID algorithm temperature
1SJ64TCTT
control without placing any load on the PLC CPU for
the temperature control tasks.
1SJ64TCTT
A
A
RUN
RUN
OUT
ALM
OUT
ALM
OUT
OUT
CH3
CH4
CH3
CH4
ALM
CH1
CH2
ALM
CH1
CH2
W
BR.
W
BR.
W
BR.
W
BR.
OUT
ALM
OUT
ALM
OUT
ALM
OUT
ALM
W
BR.
W
BR.
W
BR.
W
BR.
Special features:
L1
L2
L3
Ȝ Four temperature input channels
Ȝ Auto-tuning function for the 4 PID control circuits
L4
Ȝ Temperature control can continue even when the
NC
NC
PLC program is stopped
C
H
2
Ȝ Transistor output with pulse train to drive the
C
H
1
actuator in the control circuit
Ȝ The module is provided with a removable termi-
C
J
nal block fastened with screws
NC
C
H
3
C
H
4
A1S64TCTT
Specifications
Control output
Inputs
A1S64TCRT-S1
type Transistor
4 channels per module
A1S64TCTT-S1
Transistor
4 channels per module
Supported thermocouples
Sampling cycle
Pt100 (-200 – +600 °C), JPt100 (-200 – +500 °C)
0.5 s / 4 channels
R, K, J, T, S, B, E, N, U, L, P L II, W5Re/W26Re
0.5 s / 4 channels
Control output cycle
Input filter
s
1 – 100
1 – 100
1 – 100 s (0 s: input filter OFF)
PID ON/OFF impulse or 2-position control
Setting with automatic tuning possible
0.0 – 100.0 % (0 %: 2-position control)
1 – 3600 s
1 – 100 s (0 s: input filter OFF)
PID ON/OFF impulse or 2-position control
Setting with automatic tuning possible
0.0 – 1000.0 % (0 %: 2-position control)
1 – 3600 s
Temperature control method
PID constant setting
proportional band P
integral constant I
PID constant
range
differential constant D
1 – 3600 s (0 setting for PID control)
Within the temperature range of the Pt100 sensor used
0.1 – 10.0 %
1 – 3600 s (0 setting for PID control)
Within the temperature range of the thermocouple used
0.1 – 10.0 %
Target value setting range
Dead band setting range
output signal
ON/OFF pulse
ON/OFF pulse
rated load voltage
max. load current
max. rush current
10.2 – 30 V DC
10.2 – 30 V DC
0.1 mA/1 point, 0.4 mA/common
400 mA for 10 ms
0.1 mA/1 point, 0.4 mA/common
400 mA for 10 ms
Transistor
output
max. voltage drop
when ON
0.1 V DC (TYP) 0.1 A
2.5 V DC (MAX) 0.1 A
0.1 V DC (TYP) 0.1 A
2.5 V DC (MAX) 0.1 A
OFF →ON: < 2 ms
ON →OFF: < 2 ms
OFF →ON: < 2 ms
ON →OFF: < 2 ms
response time
Isolation method
I/O points
Transformer
Transformer
32
32
Connection terminals
Applicable wire size
The module is fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
mm2 0.75 – 1.5
The module is fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
0.75 – 1.5
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 330
420
kg 0.27
0.3
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 126507
66227
Order information
25
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Counter Module
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS High-Speed Counter Modules
High-speed counter with automatic
detection of rotation direction
A
Q
BASICS
Thesecountermodulesdetectsignalswithafrequency
whichcannotbedetectedbynormalinputmodules. For
example, simplepositioningtasksorfrequencymea-
surementscanberealized.
O
1SD61
A
O
1SD61
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RUN
RUN
¿A
¿A
¿B
¿B
NC ON
NC ON
1
2
¿A
¿B
Special features:
Ȝ Input for incremental shaft encoder with auto-
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
4
5
matic forward and reverse detection
6
7
Ȝ Preset count via external signals or the PLC pro-
8
gram with the aid of the PRESET function
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Ȝ Ring counter function for counting up to a pre-
defined value with automatic resetting to the
starting value
Ȝ Functions such as speed measurement, definition
of switching points or periodic counting are
available.
L
+
_
COM
Ȝ The module is provided with a removable termi-
24V
12/
DC
0.1A
nal block fastened with screws.
A1SD61
Specifications
Counter inputs
Signal levels
A1SD61
A1SD62E
1 for incremental rotary transducer
5 / 12 / 24 V DC (2 – 5 mA)
2
5 / 12 / 24 V DC ( 2 – 5 mA)
100
Max. counting frequency
1-phase-
Max. counting
speed
kHz 50
kHz 50 or 10
kHz 50 or 7
100 or 10
input
2-phase-
input
100 or 7
Counting range
Counter type
31 bits + sign (binary), -2147483648 – +2147483647
23 bits + sign (binary), 0 – 16777215
Both modules are equipped with UP/DOWN preset counter and ring counter function.
Comparison range
31 bits + sign (binary)
Preset, function start
24 bits + sign (binary)
External digital input points
Preset, function start
Rated voltage/current for external input
5 / 12 / 24 V DC (3 – 6 mA)
5 / 12 / 24 V DC (2 – 5 mA)
External digital output points
(Coincidence signal)
8 transistor outputs (open collector) 12 / 24 V DC,
0.1 A/point, 0.8 A/common
4 transistor outputs (2/point) (source type) 12 / 24 V DC,
0.1 A/point, 0.4 A/common
I/O points
32
32
Connection terminal
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
All modules are fitted with a detachable terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
mm2 0.75 – 1.5
0.75 –1.5
100
mA 350
kg 0.27
0.25
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 25713
54951
Order information
26
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Timer Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Timer Module
Set timers directly without any programming
A
Q
The A1ST60 provides 8 timers that can be set directly
with a screwdriver to values between 0.1 and
BASICS
600 seconds.
1ST60
A
X0
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
Special features:
Ȝ Eight additional hardware timers to supplement
8
3
7
9
the PLC CPU’s own internal timers
6
0
2 1
5
4
. SET
M
TI
Ȝ Timer setting ranges:
½ 0.1 to 1.0 s
ON
OFF
UP
SET
E1
½ 1 to 10 s
T0
015
E1
½ 10 to 60 s
½ 60 to 600 s
Ȝ Timer status indicated by LEDs
Ȝ Integrated pause function for stopping the time
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
015
E1
015
E1
015
E1
015
E
of active timers
015
E1
015
E1
015
A1ST60
Specifications
A1ST60
Input points
8 potentiometers for timer setting
Timer setting range
Overall accuracy
0.1 – 1.0 s, 1 – 10 s, 10 – 60 s, 60 – 600 s
±2.0 %
Setting possibilities
I/O points
Separate setting with potentiometers and DIP switches
16
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mm2 0.75 – 1.5
mA 55
kg 0.13
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 33196
Order information
27
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Positioning Modules
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Axes Positioning Modules
Positioning with an open control loop
A
Q
The modules generate the travel command via a
pulse chain. The speed is proportional to the pulse
frequency and the distance travelled is proportional
to the pulse length.
BASICS
1SD75P1
A
RUN
RDY
BSY
Special features:
AX1
MODE
Ȝ Control of up to three axes with linear interpola-
tion (A1SD71-S2, A1SD75P2/P3) or circular
interpolation (A1SD75P2/P3)
-422
S
R
Ȝ Storage of up to 400 positional data in the
A1SD71-S2 (battery-supported) or 600 positional
data in the A1SD75P1/P2/P3 (flash ROM)
Ȝ Units of travel can be defined in pulses, mm, inch
or degrees.
Ȝ In the A1SD71-S2, configuration and presetting of
positional data is performed via the PLC program
or with the aid of the teaching unit AD71TU.
Ȝ In the A1SD75P1/P2/P3, configuration and pre-
setting of positional data is carried out by means
of the PLC program (all 400 positional data) or with
the aid of the MS-DOS software SW1IVD-AD75PE
A1SD75P1
Specifications
Controlaxes
A1SD71-S2
A1SD75P1-S3
A1SD75P2-S3
A1SD75P3-S3
2
1
2
3
Interpolation
Points per axis
Output signal
Output frequency
Linear interpolation
400
—
Linear and circular interpolation
Peripheral: 600, PC: 100
Pulse generator phase
1 – 400000
Linear and circular interpolation
Peripheral: 600, PC: 100
Pulse generator phase
1 – 400 000
Peripheral: 600, PC: 100
Pulse generator phase
1 – 400000
Pulse generator phase
kHz 10 – 200000
Pulse control: absolute data and/or incremental; speed/position swiching control: incremental;
locus control: absolute data and/or incremental
method
Absolute data
method:
-2147483648
– 2147483647 pulse
-214748364.8 – 214748364.7 µm
-21474.83648 – 21474.83647 inch
0 – 359.99999 degree
1 – 16252928 pulse,
max. 162 m
(command unit:
0.1 – 10 mm/pulse),
Incremental
method:
-2147483,648 – 2147483 647 pulse
-214 748 364.8 – 214 748 364.7µm
-21474.83648 – 21474.83647 degree
-21474.83648 – 21474.83647 nch
positioning
units
max. 16200 degree
or
max. 16200 inch
(command unit:
Speed/position
switching control:
1x105 – 0.001 degree/pulse
1x105 – 0.001 inch/pulse)
0 – 2147483647 pulse
0 – 214748364.7 µm
0 – 21474.83647 degree
0 – 21474.83647 inch
Positioning
10 – 200000 pulse/s,
10 – 120000 mm/min,
1 – 12000 degree/min
1 – 12000 inch/min
1
– 1000000
pulse/min
mm/min
degree/min
inch/min
positioning
speed
0.01 – 6000000.00
0.001 – 600000.000
0.001 – 600000.000
acceleration/deceleration
processing
Automatic trapezoidal acceleration
and deceleration
Automatic trapezoidal or S-pattern acceleration and deceleration
acceleration and
deceleration time
1 – 65535 [8388608]* ms
(4 patterns each can be set)
64 – 50000 ms
rapid stop decceleration time
1 – 65535 [8388608]* ms
I/O points
48 (2 slots)
32
32
32
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
mA 800
700
700
700
External power consumption
(4.75–26.4VDC)
mA 50
—
—
—
Weight
kg 0.38
0.35
0.35
0.35
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 69.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art.no. 33200
65028
65029
65030
Order information
SoftwareforallA1SD75:SW1˿VD-AD75PE,art.no.:65619; adaptercable:A1SD75-C01H,art.no.:54943; sparepartplugforaxiscontrol,36pins,art.no.:62890
Accessories
* Values in brackets indicate stepping motor mode
28
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Positioning Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Single Axis Positioning Module
Positioning with position control loop
A
Q
The module is used for positioning by means of servo
drives. Here, the output delivers an analog voltage.
BASICS
To monitor the position, the displacement transducer
is fed back to the module.
1SD70
A
POLE
DOG
RDY
RDY
PC
SV
6
7
S.
STOP
FLS
O
-P
IN
ZERO
BUSY
8
S
RL
¯A
¯B
0
1
2N
9
1
ERR.
10
11
12
13
2N
2
2
ERR.
EEX
MODE
3
4
5
¯Z
ERR.
T
WD
V-
Special features:
T
OU
Ȝ The positional data is preset by means of the PLC
GND
program.
N
CO
Ȝ Integrated digital/analog converter for converting
N
GAI
the digital adjustment into an analog signal
ZERO
Ȝ Online speed and address change possible
Ȝ Online monitoring of setpoint value (command
pulses), actual value (feedback pulses) and adjust-
ment (difference between command and feed-
back)
+15V
0V
O
Ȝ An electronic gear function permits adjustment of
-15V
FG
the distance travelled per pulse
A1SD70
Specifications
A1SD70
1 (with position control)
5 V DC (TTL, RS422), 12 V DC (open collector)
kHz 100
31 bits + sign (binary), -2 147 483 648 – +2 147 483 647
ms 2 – 9999
1 – 400000 pulses/s
Axes
Signal input level
Max. counting frequency
Counting resolution
Acceleration/deceleration time
Positioning speed
External digital inputs
Input rating
Zero, stop, upper/lower range limit, servo ready, control mode
5 – 24 V DC (6 mA)
External digital outputs
Output rating
Servo error / module error
5 – 24 V DC
In position control range
Acceleration and deceleration
Analog output for speed control
I/O points
Adjustable between 1 – 2047 pulses (hard / smooth)
Automatic, trapeziodal acceleration and deceleration
≤10 V DC (adjustable between ±5 V and ±10 V)
48 (2 slots)
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
External power consumption
Weight
mA 300
200 mA (+15 V DC), 20 mA (-15 V DC)
kg 0.4
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 69.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art.no. 29539
Order information
29
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Interface Modules
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Interface Modules
Data exchange with peripheral devices
A
Q
This module enables communication with peripheral
devices via a standard RS-232C interface. The periph-
erals are connected point-to-point on a 1:1 basis.
BASICS
1SJ71C24-PRF
A
NEU
ACK
NAK
RUN
SD
RD
CPU
PRT
N
C/
S
P/
PRO
O
SI
Special features:
Ȝ Enables PCs connected to the system to access
the full data set of the MELSEC AnS CPU using
graphic process supervision or monitoring soft-
ware
Ȝ Support for plain ASCII data exchange with con-
nected devices such as barcode readers, scales
and identification systems
SW
03
04
1
MODE
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
M
R
R
R
R
FO
FO
FO
FO
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
M
M
M
NOFORM
Ȝ Options for connection of a printer
C
-232-
S
R
Ȝ Integrated 32KB EEPROM memory for logging
quality, productivity or alarm data that can be
printed out when required
Ȝ Module and communications status shown
by LEDs
Ȝ The A1SJ71UC24-R4 has the same features as the
A1SJ71UC24-R2. The only difference is that a PC
can access up to 32 controllers via RS422/485
version.
F
PR
24-
A1SJ71C
Specifications
Interface
A1SJ71UC24-R2
type RS232C
A1SJ71UC24-R4
RS422 / 485
A1SJ71C24-PRF
RS232C
Communications mode
Synchronisation
Full duplex / half duplex
Full duplex / half duplex
Full duplex / half duplex
Asynchronous communications
Asynchronous communications
Asynchronous communications
300 – 19200 (computer link)
19200 – 38400 (multidrop)
rate
bit/s 300 – 19200
300 – 19200
Data
transfer
distance
m
15
500
32
15
Max. no of stations in a multidrop network
—
—
1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bits,
1or2stopbits
1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bits,
1or2stopbits
1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bits,
1or2stopbits
Data format
Error correction
Parity check, checksum
YES / NO selectable
YES / NO selectable
—
Parity check, checksum
Parity check, checksum
YES / NO selectable
YES / NO selectable
32 kbyte (400 x 80 characters)
32
DTR/DSR control
YES / NO selectable
X ON / X OFF (DC1 / DC3)
EEPROM memory
I/O points
YES / NO selectable
—
32
32
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 100
100
100
kg 0.49
0.55
0.22
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 64561
64562
29537
Order information
30
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Interface Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS MODBUS Slave Interface Modules
Modbus protocol via RS232 / RS422 / RS485
A
Q
The A1SJ71UC24-R4-S2 and A1SJ71UC24-R2-S2
enable third-party devices to access MELSEC AnS
BASICS
and QnAS controllers using the MODBUS protocol.
1SJ71UC24-S2
A
Special features:
Ȝ Support for both ASCII and RTU procedures
Ȝ Slave functionality – up to 31 MELSEC controllers
can be allocated to a third-party device.
Ȝ Support for functions 1, 3, 5–8, 11, 12, 15–17,
20 and 21
Ȝ Enables access to the entire data of AnAS respec.
QnAS CPUs.
A1SJ71UC24-R4-S2
Specifications
Module type
A1SJ71UC24-R2-S2
A1SJ71UC24-R4-S2
Slave
Slave
Interface
type RS232
RS422 / 485
Communications mode
Synchronisation
Half duplex
Half duplex
Asynchronous communications
Asynchronous communications
rate
bit/s 300 – 19200
300 – 19200
Data
transfer
distance
mode
m
15
500
ASCII and RTU
ASCII and RTU
Data format
bit 1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bits, 1 or 2 stop bits
1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bits, 1 or 2 stop bits
Error correction
Isolation method
I/O points
Parity check (ASCII mode: LRC, RTU mode: CRC-16)
Parity check (ASCII mode: LRC, RTU mode: CRC-16)
Photocoupler
32
Photocoupler
32
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 100
100
kg 0.49
0.55
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 54355
54354
Order information
Accessories
Interface converter CR01-R2/R4 SET, art. no. 56172 (refer to page 79)
31
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Interface Modules
˾ MELSEC QnAS Interface Modules
High-speed data communications
A
Q
The QnAS interface modules provide extremely high
data throughput rates, which can be invaluable for
process supervision software and similar applications.
Up to 480 data words can be exchanged between the
PLC CPU and the PC per END instruction.
BASICS
1SJ71QC24
RUN
A
ERR.
ERROR
ERR.
.E.
SW
R/W
C.
N
C/
NEU
ACK
NAK
N
NEU
ACK
NAK
C/
P/S
PRO
SIO
P/S
PRO
SIO
W.
SD.
SD
RD
W.
SD.
SD
RD
CH2
CH1
Special features:
C C
Y
SPLA
DI
ERR
STS
X1
X10
5
6
Ȝ Enables PCs connected to the system to access
the full data set of the MELSEC QnAS CPU with
process supervision or monitoring software
Ȝ Support for plain ASCII data exchange with con-
nected devices such as barcode readers, scales
and identification systems
5
6
7
7
3
3
2
8
8
2
1
0
NO.
N
1
0
IO
AT
ST
CH2
CH1
8
9
7
8
9
7
B
B
5
C
C
5
4
D
D
4
3
3
F
1 0
ODE
CH1/
M
F
1 0
2
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
SW
Ȝ Compatible to A1SJ71UC24R2/R4 with protocol
ON
RS-422/485
CH2
formats 1 – 4
SDA
Ȝ When the special dedicated Q instructions are
used (protocol format 5) PC process supervision
software can access data at least 5 times faster
than it is now possible using the conventional
protocol formats 1 – 4.
Ȝ The integrated EEPROM can store up to 200
pre-programmed protocols for accessing
third-party devices.
SG
FG
NC
SDB
RDA
RDB
C24
RS-
CH1
Specifications
Interface
A1SJ71QC24-R2
Typ 2 x RS232C
A1SJ71QC24
1 x RS232, 1 x RS422 / 485
Communications mode
Synchronisation
Full duplex / half duplex
USART
Full duplex / half duplex
USART
rate
bit/s 300 – 19200
300 – 19200
Data
transfer
distance
m
15
1200
Max. stations in a multidrop network
Data format
—
32
bits 1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bits, 1 or 2 stop bits
1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bits, 1 or 2 stop bits
Parity check, checksum
Error correction
Parity check, checksum
RS232
RS232
©
©
©
©
RS422/485
DTR / DSR
©
©
©
©
©
—
—
©
RS/CS
Flow control
CD
DC
X ON / X OFF (DC1 / DC3)
I/O points
YES / NO selectable
YES / NO selectable
32
32
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 160
240
kg 0.249
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
0.294
Dimensions(WxHxD)
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 66542
66543
Order information
Accessories
Interface converter CR01-R2/R4 SET, art. no. 56172 (refer to page 79)
32
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS High-Speed Communications Module
Programmable interface module
A
Q
This module works through its own program inde-
pendently of the PLC CPU. Thus, peripherals can be
BASICS
1SD51S
A
operated or mathematical operations performed
without imposing an additional load on the PLC CPU.
Programming is in AD51H BASIC.
SD
RD
SD
RD
SD
RD
CH1
CH1
CH2
CH2
CH3
CH3
RUN
ERR.
S.
PROG.
SE
MT
.RUN
P1
ERR
P1.
.RUN
P2
PRO.
M.
ERR
P2.
RUN
STOP
RES.
Special features:
D C
Ȝ Two RS232C interfaces and one RS422/485 interface
Ȝ Two BASIC programs can be operated in parallel
(multitasking).
Ȝ The tasks can be stored in the module as inter-
)
C
232-
S-
R
SW
1(
H
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
preter programs or in compiled form.
Ȝ The integrated EEPROM is used for storage.
Ȝ Online and offline program creation is possible.
9
10
11
12
ON
)
C
232-
S-
R
2(
H
C
Ȝ The module and communication status is indi-
FRONT
DE
SI
cated by means of LEDs.
CH3
M
O
N
O
N
2
2
A1SD51S
Specifications
A1SD51S
Interfaces
type 1 x RS422/485, 2 x RS232
type 80C186 (15 MHz)
Max. 2
Microprocessor
Number of parallel tasks
Start conditions for tasks
Started by power on, started by the start command from another task, start by an interruption from the PC CPU.
bit/s 300 – 19200
rate
Data
transfer
distance
m
500 (RS422/485), 15 (RS232C)
AD51H-BASIC
Program language
program
memory
kbyte 64 x 1 task or 32 x 2 tasks
common memory
for tasks
kbyte
kbyte
8
Internal
memory
data buffer to PLC
extension relays
6
1024
extension data registers
1024 (2 kbyte)
Memory backup capability
Memory for programs
I/O points
Provided for common memory, extension relay and extension register.
EEPROM memory: 64 kbyte
32 (1 slot)
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 400
kg 0.3
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 46276
Order information
Accessories
Programming software for PC/AT (MS-DOS): SW1IX-AD51HPE, art. no.: 33102
33
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS High-Speed Communications Module
Communications module with
3964R procedure
A
Q
BASICS
The A1SD51S-BAL has 3 standard interfaces for com-
munications with intelligent peripheral devices that
support the 3964R (RK512 active) communications
protocol. This makes it possible to connect products
from other manufacturers without any additional
programming.
-BAL
1SD51S
A
Special features:
Ȝ All three interfaces can be used simultaneously.
Ȝ You can store up to 30 commissions by setting
the appropriate parameters.
Ȝ Up to 10 commissions can be executed simul-
taneously.
Ȝ Optoelectronic couplers for isolation of process
and control systems are fitted as standard
equipment
Ȝ The module can request data from e.g. a S5-CP525
or CP524 via the 3964(R)RK512 procedure.
However, it can not respond to the requests of
other devices.
AL
A1SD51S-B
Specifications
Interface
A1SD51S-BAL
type 2 x RS232, 1 x RS422
Half duplex / full duplex
Transmission system
Synchronisation
Asynchronous communications
bit/s 300 – 9600
rate
Data
transfer
distance
15 m at RS232, 500 m at RS422
1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bit, 1 or 2 stop bit
Parity check, checksum
Data format
Error correction method
Supported 3964R (RK512) functions
Supported data blocks
FETCH and SEND data block (active). The module can not respond to requests from other stations.
DB0 and DB255
D, W, R
Supported A series devices
Processing time for FETCH
or SEND of 32 data words
ms Approx. 300
X ON / X OFF (DC1 / DC3)
I/O points
YES / NO selectable
32
Internal power consumption
(5 V DC)
mA 400
Weight
kg 0.3
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 65065
—
Order information
Accessories
34
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
ETHERNET
Data communications
A
Q
ETHERNET is now one of the most
PC
BASICS
widely-used networks. It provides the link
between the office world and control sys-
tems. ETHERNET is a platform for a very
wide range of data communications proto-
cols. The combination of ETHERNET and
the extremely widespread TCP/IP protocol
enables high-speed data communications
between process supervision systems and
the MELSEC AnSH, QnAS, AnU and QnA
series.
ETHERNET
AnSH
Notebook
Terminator
Tranceiver
Repeater
Structure
Up to 5 ETHERNET segments can be linked
to one another per repeater. There are two
standard cable types: “Yellow” cable using
the 10BASE5 interface and “Cheapernet”
cable (Thin Ethernet) using the 10BASE2
interface.
AnSH/QnAS
QnAS
Bus segments using Yellow cable can be up
to 500m long. Cheapernet configurations
support bus segment cable lengths of up
to 185m.
Data exchange
TCP/IP provides logical point-to-point links
between two ETHERNET stations. Using the
TCP/IP protocol a process supervision sys-
tem can request 256 data words per query,
or a full 480 words if a QnAS compatible
ETHERNET card is used. The speed of the
response to the query varies
depending on the type of CPU used (AnAS
or QnAS) and the ETHERNET module. The
response time of a pure QnAS system
(QnAS + A1SJ71QE71-B2/B5) is around
eight times faster than that of an equiva-
lent AnAS system.
QnAS
AnSH
QnAS
AnU/QnA
Administration
MELSEC MEDOC plus function blocks are
available for all the PLC CPUs, making the
configuration of one or more TCP/IP links
a quick and easy process.
Cable and logic diagnostics are also simple
because all MELSEC ETHERNET cards sup-
port the PING instruction.
FTP server functionality
The QnAS compatible ETHERNET modules
also provide FTP server functionality, in
addition to the normal TCP/IP communica-
tions services. This means that a personal
computer running standard communica-
tions software can read from and write to
the QnAS CPU sequence program via the
Internet.
Specifications
Yellow Cable
Thin Ethernet, Cheapernet
Cable type
10BASE5
2500 m
2.5 m
500 m
4
10BASE2
925 m
0.5 m
185 m
4
Max. distance between 2 stations
Min. distance between 2 stations
Max. segment length
Max. permitted no. of repeaters
Max. stations per segment
100
30
35
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
˾ MELSEC AnS ETHERNET Module
The high-speed connection to the PLC
A
Q
This module connects the MELSEC AnS system to the
open, non-proprietary ETHERNET. This enables pro-
cess supersion packages and other programs from a
wide variety of vendors to access all devices of the
controller at a rate of 10 Mbits per second.
BASICS
1SJ71E71-B2
A
CHK
ERR.
CHK
ERR.
RAM
RAM
ROM
ROM
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
RUN
RDY
BSY
C.
C.
S.
S.
ERR.
ERR
COM.
O
/T
FROM
OFF
ON
1
8
7
1
SW
2
Special features:
Ȝ Both cable types are supported:
½ 10BASE2 (Cheapernet using RG58 coax cable)
½ 10BASE5 (ETHERNET using Yellow cable)
Ȝ Communications protocol TCP/IP with ARP
6
0
5
2 1
3
2
SW
3
3
SW
SW
4
4
MODE
N
O N
O
N
1
2
1
2
Ȝ Module and communication status indicated
by LEDs
Ȝ Full support for the MELSEC MEDOC plus pro-
gramming software package (read and write
programs, monitoring, remote PLC operating
mode change (RUN/STOP))
Ȝ Ready-to-use MELSEC MEDOC plus function block
available
10BASE2
B2
A1SJ71E71-
Ȝ Integrated bus cable diagnostics
Ȝ PING diagnostics function support
Ȝ Automatically detects whether the communica-
tion partner is ready to communicate.
Specifications
Module type
A1SJ71E71-B2-S3
Client / server
A1SJ71E71-B5-S3
Client / server
ETHERNET: CSMA/CD
10BASE5
Communications method
Interface
ETHERNET: CSMA/CD
type 10BASE2
Mbit/s 10
Base band
transfer rate
10
transfer type
Base band
max. network length
m
m
925
2500
Communica-
tions data
max. segment
length
185
500
nodes
Max. 30/segment
0.5
Max. 100/segment
2.5
min. distance
between 2 nodes
m
fixed buffer
RAM buffer
2 kbyte x 8
2 kbyte x 8
Data
buffer
6 kbyte x 2
6 kbyte x 2
Simultaneous connections
Transport protocol
Max. 8
Max. 8
TCP/IP with ARP, UDP/IP
32
TCP/IP with ARP, UDP/IP
I/O points
32
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 520
350
kg 0.27
0.27
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 62663
—
62662
—
Order information
Accessories
36
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ MELSEC QnAS ETHERNET Module
The high-speed connection for the
QnAS series
A
Q
BASICS
This module connects the MELSEC QnAS system to
B5
1SJ71QE71-
A
the open, non-proprietary ETHERNET. This enables
process supervision packages and other programs
from a wide variety of vendors to access all devices of
the QnAS controller at a rate of 10 Mbits per second.
W
R/
CPU
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
RUN
RDY
BSY
S
R
TRAN.
TRAN.
FTP
ERR.
SW
ERR.
COM.
TEST
TEST
ERR.
ON
OFF
8
7
1
SW
6
Special features:
0
5
2
SW
2 1
3
3
SW
4
SW
Ȝ Both cable types are supported:
½ 10BASE2 (Cheapernet using RG58 coax cable)
½ 10BASE5 (ETHERNET using Yellow cable )
Ȝ Communications protocol TCP/IP with ARP
Ȝ PING diagnostics function support
5
SW
MODE
0:ONLI
1:ONLI
2:TEST1
3:TEST2
4:TEST3
5:TEST4
6
SW
NE
NE
7
SW
8
SW
Ȝ FTP server function enabling program uploads
and downloads via the Internet with standard
communications software
10BASE
Ȝ Rapid response times because the system can
T
PU
IN
12VDC
exchange 480 data words per protocol
Ȝ Integrated easy bus cable diagnostics
)
(FG
Ȝ A function block library for MELSEC MEDOC plus
makes the configuration of TCP/IP links quick and
easy.
B5
A1SJ71QE71-
Specifications
Module type
A1SJ71QE71-B2
A1SJ71QE71-B5
Client / server
ETHERNET: CSMA/CD
10BASE5
Client / server
Communications method
Interface
ETHERNET: CSMA/CD
type 10BASE2
Mbit/s 10
Base band
transfer rate
10
transfer type
Base band
2500
max. network length
m
m
925
185
30
Communica-
tions data
max. segment
length
500
100
2.5
nodes
min. distance
between 2 nodes
m
0.5
fixed send/receive buffer
variable buffer
1 k words x 8
1 k words x 8
6 k words
Data
buffer
6 k words
Simultaneous connections
Transport protocol
8 + 1 FTP connection
8 + 1 FTP connection
TCP/IP with ARP, UDP/IP
32
TCP/IP with ARP, UDP/IP
32
I/O points
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 800
600
kg 0.28
0.27
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 66550
—
66546
—
Order information
Accessories
37
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
MELSECNET/10 Network
Data communications
A
Q
MELSECNET/10 enables extremely fast
cyclic data exchange between the MELSEC
PLCs of the AnSH, QnS, AnA/U and QnA
series. It can also be used to connect
remote I/O modules to these controllers.
BASICS
Standard PC
QnAS
You can connect up to 255 individual
MELSECNET/10 networks to one another.
An integrated routing function makes it
very easy to pass data from one network to
another.
QnAS
AnSH
Structure
The ring structure of MELSECNET/10
enables very large network coverage of
up to 30 km.
MELSECNET/10
Cable types
MELSECNET/10 gives you a wide choice of
cable types and topologies:
Standard PC
Ȝ Coaxial bus (max. 500 m)
Ȝ Coaxial duplex loop (max. 30 km)
Ȝ Fibre-optics duplex loop (max. 30 km)
Data exchange
AnA/AnU
AnSH
AnSH
Efficient cyclic data exchange is ensured
with an exceptionally large data volume
of 8192 words and 8192 relays.
Specifications
Electrical
Optical
Administration
Coaxial
bus
Coaxial
Glass fibre
Glass fibre
Glass fibre
Cable type
duplex loop
SI185/230 µm GI50/125 µm GI62.5/125 m
MELSECNET/10 enables you to program
and monitor every PLC in the system from
any station.
rate
Mbit/s 10
10 (20)
500
10 (20)
10 (20)
10 (20)
Data
transfer
distance between
2 stations
m
1 000
2 000
2 000
The Floating Master architecture ensures
reliable network operation even if the
network manager fails.
total coverage
m
≤500 (2500) ≤30000
≤30000
≤30000
≤30000
—
impedance(100kHz)
transmissionlosses
transmission bandwidth
Ω
75
75
—
—
Media
—
—
—
—
≤5.5 dB / km ≤3dB/km
≤3dB/km
≥20 MHz / km ≥300 MHz / km ≥300 MHz / km
Special features
Connectors
In parallel to the cyclic data exchange it is
also possible for any station to send data to
and read data from any other station, even
across several networks. The system also
supports multicast and broadcast func-
tions.
Connection system
RG59
—
RG59
—
CA7003
69365
CA9003S
29603
CA9003S
29603
Art. no.
Order information
In MELSECNET/10 systems you only
have to set parameters for the network
manager, making installation very quick
and simple.
Cable type
Layout
Max. length
Order information
Art. no.
Fixed length 2 m AS-2P-2M-A
Fixed length 5 m AS-2P-5M-A
Fixed length 30 m AS-2P-30M-A
Fixed length 50 m AS-2P-50M-A
Fixed length 5 m AGS-2P-05 M-625A
126228
62430
52353
62457
104330
Connection plugs at both ends;
2-conductor type for interior
installation; simple cable
protection
SI cable
GI cable GI62,5/125 µm
GI cable GI50/125 µm
GI cable GI50/125 µm
GI cable GI62,5/125 µm
Connection plugs at both ends;
2-conductor type for interior
installation; simple cable
protection
Fixed length 5 m AG-2P-5M-A
38784
Fixed length 4 m AGS-CS-4M-50A
Fixed length 3 m AGS-CS-3M-625A
Fixed length 4 m AGS-CS-4M-625A
58630
58632
58631
Adapter cable from Hitachi
CA9103S plug – ST plug
38
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ MELSEC AnS MELSECNET/10 Modules
Reliable and flexible communications
A
Q
MELSECNET/10 is the most powerful MELSEC
network, supporting both high-speed cyclic commu-
BASICS
nications and powerful acyclic communications
functions.
1SJ71BR11
N
A
CRC
E
R
R
O
R
OVER
C
M
M N
M N
.IF
AB
TI
E
M
DATA
ND
M
N
D
M
SD
Special features:
RD
C
Ȝ High data transfer rate (10 Mbits/s) with coaxial
bus systems and optional 10/20 Mbits/s with
optical loop systems
O
N
NO
SPLAY
R
DI
L
8
7
6
5
0
2 1
X100
3
3
3
8
7
7
6
5
0
X10
X1
2 1
Ȝ The A1SJ71 BR11 and A1SJ71LP21(GE) modules
8
6
5
ON
REM:
MNG
PRM
0
OFF
PC
SW
2 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
can be used for:
½ PLC ↔ PLC, PC data communications
½ PLC ↔ remote I/O control
ST
N.
8
7
D.
PRM
ST.
6
5
0
GR.
2 1
ZE
SI
NO.
3
64
E
8k
32,
SIZ
6,
16,
8,
/LW
LB
8
7
7
6
5
N
O.
X10
0
ST.
4,
2,
2 1
3
8
6
5
0
ON
OFF
2 1
X1
SW
3
Ȝ Floating Master technology guarantees trouble-free
operation no matter which station in the
system is powered down.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C
D
1
MODE
MODE
)
.R
(A
NE
NE
NLI
0:O
2:OFFLI
Ȝ Up to four MELSECNET/10 modules can be in-
stalled in a single PLC, handling routing functions
across up to as many as 255 networks.
Ȝ The network system supports data communica-
tions between any two stations no matter how
many networks lie between them.
A1SJ71BR11
Ȝ Large data volumes via link devices for cyclic data
communications.
Specifications
A1SJ71BR11
A1SJ71LP21
Floating Master
Token ring
A1SJ71LP21GE
Floating Master
Token ring
Module type
Manager / local stations
Token bus
Communications method
Topology
Coaxial bus system
Redundant optical loop system
Redundant optical loop system
Synchronisation
Frame synchronisation method
Single bus
Frame synchronisation method
Frame synchronisation method
Transmission channel
Link registers
Redundant loop
Redundant loop
8192 (0 – 1FFF)
≤2000 bytes
8192 (0 – 1FFF)
8192 (0 – 1FFF)
Max. cyclic data for link in one station
Modulation method
Transmission format
Terminating resistor
No. of networks in one system
Stations per network
Groups (multicast)
rate
≤2000 bytes
≤2000 bytes
Manchester
NRZI
NRZI
Conforms to HDLC
75
Conform to HDLC
Conforms to HDLC
Ω
—
—
Max. 255
Max. 255
Max. 255
32 (1 manager, 31 local stations)
Max. 9
64 (1 manager, 63 local stations)
64 (1 manager, 63 local stations)
Max. 9
Max. 9
Mbit/s 10
300 m / 500 m (depends on cable used)
10 (20)
10 (20)
distance
Transmission
SI 200/220: 500 m, QSI 185/230: 1000 m
GI 62.5/125: 2000 m
—
cable
RG59BU/RG6AU
—
connectors
BNC-P-3-Ni / BNC-P-5
CA7003
CA7003S
Max. compensation time
during power failure
ms ≤20
≤20
≤20
I/O points
32
32
32
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 800
650
650
kg 0.33
0.33
0.33
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 47869
47868
53457
Order information
Accessories
Optical duplex plug for SI cable: CA7003, art. no. 9546
Optical duplex plug for GI cable: CA9003S, art. no. 29603
Optical SI cable:
2 m: AS-2P-2M-A, art. no. 126228, 5 m: AS-2P-5M-A, art. no. 62430,
Terminatingresistor:BNC-75OHM,
art.no.:53871
30 m: AS-2P-30M-A, art. no. 52353, 50 m: AS-2P-50M-A, art. no. 62457;
up to 1000 m on request
Optical GI cable:
fibreopticsGI62,5/125mm;AGS-GS-3M-625A,art.no.58632
fibreopticsGI62,5/125mm;AGS-GS-4M-625A,art.no.58631
39
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
˾ MELSEC QnAS MELSECNET/10 Modules
Reliable and flexible communications
A
Q
MELSECNET/10isthemostpowerfulMELSECnetwork,
supportingbothhigh-speedcycliccommunicationsand
powerfulacycliccommunicationsfunctions. Theex-
tremelyhigh-speeddataaccessperformanceofthe
QnASCPUsguaranteesveryshortresponsetimesin
communicationsbetweentwocontrollers.
BASICS
A
1SJ71QLP21
CRC
E
R
R
O
R
PW
RUN
OVER
PC
G
MN
.IF
AB
.
REM
NG
S.M
E
TIM
.E.
SW
TA
DA
.
S.E
M/
LINK
D.
UNDER
SD
E.
PRM
AS.
T.P
XX
XX
CPU
RD
W
R/
ORK
NETW
NO.
Y
SPLA
DI
8
7
7
7
6
6
6
0
R
L
5
5
5
2 1
Special features:
X100
3
.)
.L
(R
.)
.L
(F
8
0
Ȝ High data transfer rate (10Mbits/s) with coaxial
bus systems and optional 10/20Mbits/s with
optical loop systems
X10
X1
2 1
3
8
ON
0
OFF
PC
N.ST
XXX
SW
1
2
2 1
REM
3
G
MN
8
XXX
7
6
0
5
GR.
2 1
D.
PRM
E
XXX
ST.
3
4
5
6
7
8
NO.
3
SIZ
X,
Ȝ The modules can be used for:
½ PLC ↔ PLC, PC data communications
½ PLC ↔ remote I/O control
Ȝ Otherwise these modules have the same features
as the modules on the previous page, plus they
can also be used for the configuration of a
redundant master system for remote I/Os in
MELSECNET/10.
X
X,
X,
8
7
7
6
6
0
ST
.NO.
E
X
SIZ
W
4,
LB/L
2,
5
X10
2 1
3
6,
8
0
5
2 1
ON
X1
OFF
3
SW
1
C
D
B
F
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
MODE
3 1
6 4
MODE
0:ONLI
2:OFFLI
R)
NE(A.
NE
SIDE
FRONT
IN
OUT
A1SJ71QLP21
Specifications
A1SJ71QBR11
Floating master
Token bus
A1SJ71QLR21
Floating master
Token ring
A1SJ71QLP21
Floating master
Token ring
Module type
Communications method
Topology
Coaxial bus system
Coaxial bus system
Optical loop system
Synchronisation
Frame synchronisation method
Frame synchronisation method
Redundant loop
Frame synchronisation method
Transmission channel
Link register
Single bus
Redundant loop
8192 (0 – 1FFF)
8192 (0 – 1FFF)
8192 (0 – 1FFF)
Max. cyclic data for link in one station
Modulation method
Transmission format
Terminating resistor
No. of networks in one system
Stations per network
Groups (multicast)
rate
≤2000 bytes
≤2000 bytes
≤2000 bytes
Manchester
Manchester
NRZI
Conforms to HDLC
Conforms to HDLC
75
Conforms to HDLC
Ω
75
—
255
255
255
32 (1 manager, 31 local stations)
Max. 9
64 (1 manager, 63 local stations)
Max. 9
64 (1 manager, 63 local stations)
Max. 9
Mbit/s 10
300 m / 500 m (depends on cable used)
10 (acc. to 20 multiplex)
300 m / 500 m (depends on cable used)
RG59BU/RG6AU
BNC-P-3-Ni / BNC-P-5
10 (acc. to 20 multiplex)
distance
Transmission
m
SI 200/220: 500 m, QSI 185/230: 1000 m
cable
RG59BU/RG6AU
—
plug
BNC-P-3-Ni / BNC-P-5
CA7003
Max. compensation time
during power failure
ms ≤20
≤20
≤20
I/O points
32
32
32
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 800
650
650
kg 0.3
0.3
0.3
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 66540
128797
66541
Order information
Optical duplex plug for SI cable:
CA7003, art. no. 69365
Optical SI cable:
Terminatingresistor:BNC-75OHM,
art.no.:53871
Terminating resistor: BNC-75 OHM,
art. no.: 53871
2 m: AS-2P-2M-A, art. no. 126228,
5 m: AS-2P-5M-A, art. no. 62430,
30 m: AS-2P-30M-A, art. no. 52353
50 m: AS-2P-50M-A, art. no. 62457;
up to 1000 m on request
Accessories
40
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ MELSEC QnAS MELSECNET/10 Module
Complex remote Inputs/Outputs
A
Q
Enables fast and cost-effective connection of
extremely complex remote I/Os to a host PLC CPU
BASICS
in MELSECNET/10 networks.
A
1SJ72QBR15
E
CRC
PW
RUN
OVER
R
R
O
R
IF
AB.
HOLD
E
TIM
.E.
RMT
TA
DA
.E.
SW
ST
LINK
D.
ASS
UNDER
SD
.E.
T.P
Special features:
.
PRM
IT
WA
RD
A B
Ȝ Enables configuration of very complex remote
Y
SPLA
DI
R
inputs and outputs with:
½ Digital I/Os
½ Analog I/Os
½ Positioning modules
L
RESET
N
NO.
X10
IO
AT
ST
g
ON
A
ttin
Se
SW
1
8
7
SW
1
6
OFF
QnA
0
5
2 1
3
2
2
3
4
5
3
8
OFF
7
4
6
0
5
5
2 1
X1
3
ON
OFF
CD
B
F
0
9
1
8
½ Communications modules (ETHERNET/
Computer Link)
7
MODE
3
5 4
MODE
)
A.R.
NE(
0:ONLI
2:OFFLINE
½ Etc.
Ȝ Supports definition of a Standby Master for remote
I/Os in MELSECNET/10 networks (only with AnS and
QnAS series CPUs).
Ȝ The Master CPU can be programmed and moni-
tored from the remote module.
Ȝ Installation on the main base unit in the place of
the PLC CPU.
Specifications
A1SJ72QBR15
Slave
A1SJ72QLP25
Module type
Slave
Communications method
Topology
Token bus
Token ring
Coaxial bus system
Optical loop system
Synchronisation
Frame synchronisation method
Frame synchronisation method
Transmission channel
No. of I/Os in a network
No. of data per slave
Modulation method
Transmission format
Terminating resistor
No. of networks in one system
Stations per network
rate
Single bus
Redundant loop
Max. 8192
Max. 8192
Max. 1600 bytes
Max. 1600 bytes
Manchester
NRZI
Conforms to HDLC
Conforms to HDLC
Ω
75
—
255
255
33 (1 manager, 32 local stations)
64 (1 manager, 63 local stations)
Mbit/s 10
300 m / 500 m (depends on cable used)
10 (20)
distance
Transmission
m
SI 200/220: 500 m, QSI 185/230: 1000 m
cable
RG59BU/RG6AU
—
plug
BNC-P-3-Ni / BNC-P-5
CA7003
Max. compensation time
during power failure
ms ≤20
≤20
I/O points
—
—
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 700
520
kg 0.43
0.41
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 54.5 x 130 x 93.6
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 68450
68449
Order information
Accessories
Optical duplex plug for SI cable: CA7003, art. no. 69365
Optical SI cable:
2 m: AS-2P-2M-A, art. no. 126228,
5 m: AS-2P-5M-A, art. no. 62430,
30 m: AS-2P-30M-A, art. no. 52353
50 m: AS-2P-50M-A, art. no. 62457;
up to 1000 m on request
Terminatingresistor:BNC-75OHM,
art.no.:53871
41
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
˾ Interface Boards for MELSECNET/10
Interface boards for MELSECNET/10
A
Q
These interface boards enable you to integrate perso-
nal computers into a MELSECNET/10-Netzwerk.
BASICS
Special features:
Ȝ Fast data rates between the personal computer
and the programmable logic controller (faster
than ETHERNET)
F-SD
R-SD
R-SD
Ȝ The PC can access all other CPUs, even across
multiple networks (integrated routing function)
Ȝ Perfect for PLC programming at
MELSECNET/10
Ȝ Ideal for data and program archiving
IN
F-RD
F-SD
Ȝ Up to 4 interface boards can be installed in each
personal computer.
OUT
R-RD
51
114G
BD080C
Specifications
A70BDE-J71QLP23
Local station
A70BDE-J71QLP23GE
Local station
A70BDE-J71QLR23
Local station
A70BDE-J71QBR13
Local station
Module type
Transmission method
Transmission path
Synchronisation method
Modulation
Duplex loop
Duplex loop
Duplex loop
Single bus
Token ring
Token ring
Token ring
Token bus
Frame synchronisation method
NRZI (Non Return to Zero Inverted)
2 x W + (B+Y)/8 ≤2000 bytes
8192 link relays / registers
Conforms to HDLC
Frame synchronisation method
NRZI (Non Return to Zero Inverted)
2 x W + (B+Y)/8 ≤2000 bytes
8192 link relays / registers
Conforms to HDLC
Max. 239
Frame synchronisation method
Manchester
Frame synchronisation method
Manchester
Link points per connection
Link devices
2 x W + (B+Y)/8 ≤2000 bytes
8192 link relays / registers
Conforms to HDLC
Max. 239
2 x W + (B+Y)/8 ≤2000 bytes
8192 link relays / registers
Conforms to HDLC
Max. 239
Transmission format
Max. link points in one system
Stations per network
Max. numberoflocalstationgroups
type/medium
Max. 239
Max. 64
Max. 64
Max. 64
Max. 32
9
9
9
9
Optical (SI 200/220, QSI 185/230)
Optical (GI 62.5/125)
10 / acc. to 20 multiplex
Electrical
Electrical
rate
Mbit/s 10 / acc. to 20 multiplex
10 / acc. to 20 multiplex
100
distancebetween
SI 200/220: 500 m,
QSI 185/230: 1000 m
3C-2V: 300 m, 5C-2V: 500 m,
2500 with Repeater
3C-2V: 300 m, 5C-2V: 500 m,
2500 with Repeater
Trans-
mission
m
GI 62,5/125: 1000 m
Fibre optics
2stations
cable
Fibre optics
Coaxial cable
Coaxial cable
CA7003 for SI cable,
CA7003 for QSI cable
BNC-P-5 / BNC-P-3-NI
or equivalent
BNC-P-5 / BNC-P-3-NI
or equivalent
connectors
CA9103S for GI cable
Error detection
CRC based and overflow
CRC based and overflow
CRC based and overflow
CRC based and overflow
Boards per PC
Max. 4
1.3
Max. 4
1.3
Max. 4
1.3
Max. 4
1.3
Internalcurrentconsumption(5 VDC)
Weight
A
kg 0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
Dimensions
mm ISA bus board
ISA bus board
ISA bus board
ISA bus board
Art. no. 126888
126887
128856
126889
Order information
Accessories
Optical fibre cable, SI type
5 m: AS-2P-5M-A, art. no. 62430;
30 m: AS-2P-30M-A, art. no. 52353;
50 m: AS-2P-50M-A, art. no. 62457;
up to 1000 m on request
Terminatingresistor:BNC-75OHM,art.no.:53871
42
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
The MELSECNET(II) Network
Data communications
A
Q
MELSECNET(II) enables cyclic data ex-
change between personal computers and
MELSEC programmable logic controllers of
the AnSH, QnAS, AnA/U and QnA series.
The network also supports the integration
of remote I/O modules. A subordinate
MELSECNET(II) or MELSECNET/B network
can be connected to a MELSECNET(II) con-
figuration.
BASICS
AnU/QnA
MELSECNET(II)
Structure
AnSH/
QnAS
The loop architecture of MELSECNET(II)
enables the configuration of large net-
works with a coverage of up to 10 km.
Standard PC
AnSH/QnAS
Cable type
Forward direction
The network supports two different cable
types:
Reverse direction
Ȝ Coaxial duplex loop (max. 10 km)
Ȝ Fibre-optics duplex loop (max. 10 km)
Data exchange
The network supports a large cyclic data
exchange volume of 1024 (4096) words
and 1024 (4096) relays.
Data
Electrical
Optical
Coaxial
duplex loop
Glass fibre
SI200/250 µm
Glass fibre
GI50/120 µm
Glass fibre
GI62,5/125 µm
Cable type
rate
Mbit/s 1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
Trans-
mission
distance between
2 stations
Administration
m
500
1000
2000
2000
In parallel to the cyclic data exchange you
can also program and monitor every slave
PLC in the system from the master PLC. The
Master/Slave procedure ensures extremely
efficient network management. Cable
breaks are registered automatically and
continued operation is ensured by the
redundant data cable.
total coverage
m
≤10000
75
≤10000
≤10000
≤10000
impedance(100kHz)
transmissionlosses
transmission band width
Ω
—
—
—
Media
—
≤5.5 dB / km
≥20 MHz / km
≤3dB/km
≥300 MHz / km
≤3dB/km
≥300 MHz / km
—
Connectors
Connection system
RG59
—
CA7003
69365
CA9003S
29603
CA9003S
29603
Art. no.
Order information
Special features
MELSECNET(II) is very simple to install. The
only parameters that need to be entered
are in a table for the master station speci-
fying the data available for the cyclic data
exchange process.
Cable type
Layout
Max. length
Order information
Art. no.
126228
62430
Fixed length 2 m AS-2P-2M-A
Fixed length 5 m AS-2P-5M-A
Fixed length 30 m AS-2P-30M-A
Fixed length 50 m AS-2P-50M-A
Fixed length 5 m AGS-2P-05 M-625A
Connection plugs at both ends;
2-conductor type for interior
installation; simple cable
protection
SI cable
52353
62457
GI cable GI62,5/125 µm
GI cable GI50/125 µm
GI cable GI50/125 µm
GI cable GI62,5/125 µm
Connection plugs at both ends;
2-conductor type for interior
installation; simple cable
protection
104330
Fixed length 5 m AG-2P-5M-A
38784
Fixed length 4 m AGS-CS-4M-50A
Fixed length 3 m AGS-CS-3M-625A
Fixed length 4 m AGS-CS-4M-625A
58630
58632
58631
Adapter cable from Hitachi
CA9103S plug – ST plug
43
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
˾ MELSECNET(II) Modules
Communication with redundant
coaxial cable
A
Q
BASICS
MELSECNET(II) permits a dual communication line.
One is in the standby mode and maintains the com-
munication in the event of an error on the active line
(cable break).
1SJ71AR21
A
CRC
RUN
E
OVER
SD
.IF
R
R
O
R
AB
RD
LOOP
CPU
E
M
TI
DATA
F.
UNDER
LOOP
F.
LOOP
R.
Special features:
Ȝ Ring topology with coaxial or optical cable as trans-
mission line
Ȝ Very simple start-up of cyclic and acyclic
8
7
7
6
6
0
5
2 1
1
3
N
NO.
O
STATI
8
0
5
2 1
1
3
C
1
communication
MOD
Ȝ Loopback function in the event of failure of
a local station
Ȝ Central programming and program monitoring
.)
.R
(A
(U
E
E
N
LI
LI
N
O
O
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
.)
.R
N
N
E
N
OFFLI
TEST
TEST
TEST
TEST
TEST
)
L.
F.
1(
2(
3(
4(
5(
)
.L.
R
)
M.
B.
B.
S.
)
of all stations in the network
S.
R.
)
Ȝ Extensive diagnostics facilities via peripherals or
internal register
DE
SI
FRONT
IN
SD
R-
RD
SD
F-
F-
R-
OUT
A1SJ71AR21
RD
Specifications
A1SJ71AR21
A1SJ71AP21
Master / slave
Half duplex
Module type
Master / slave
Half duplex
Communications method
Synchronisation
Frame synchronisation method
Duplex loop
Frame synchronisation method
Duplex loop
Transmission channel
Link register
4096 (0 – FFF)
≤2 048
4096 (0 – FFF)
≤2048
Max. cyclic data for link in one station
Stations per network
Modulation method
Transmission format
Remote I/O points
65 (1 master/64 slaves)
CMI
65 (1 master/64 slaves)
CMI
Conforms to HDLC
512
Conforms to HDLC
512
rate
Transmission
distance
Mbit/s 1.25
1.25
m
500, max. total length 10000
RG59B/U
1000, max. total length 10000
SI200/250µm
Cable type
Max. compensation time
during power failure
ms ≤10
≤10
I/O points
32
32
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 630
330
kg 0.33
0.3
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 42069
42323
Order information
Accessories
Optical fibre cable with attached connectors; SI type:
2m:AS-2P-2M-A,art.no.126228, 5m:AS-2P-5M-A, art. no. 62430;
30m:AS-2P-30M-A, art. no. 52353;50m:AS-2P-50M-A, art. no. 62457;upto1000monrequest
44
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ Interface Boards for MELSECNET (II)
Interface boards for MELSECNET (II)
A
Q
These interface boards enable you to integrate per-
sonal computers into a MELSECNET (II) network.
BASICS
Special features:
Ȝ Very high-speed data rates between personal
computers and controller, faster than ETHERNET
Ȝ Access to all data in the entire network
Ȝ The PC can access all other CPUs
Ȝ Available for both coaxial and fibre-optics
cables
IN
OUT
RN
1
2
SD
RD
P21
Specifications
A7BDE-J71AP21
Master / slave
A7BDE-J71AR21
Master / slave
Half duplex, bit serial
4.096 link relay / register
Conforms to HDLC
CMI
Module type
Transmission method
Max. link points in one system
Transmission format
Demodulation method
Number of linkable networks
Stations per network
rate
Half duplex, bit serial
4.096 link relay / register
Conforms to HDLC
CMI
Max. 65
Max. 65
1 Master, up to 64 slaves
1 Master, up to 64 slaves
1.25
Mbit/s 1.25
distancebetween
2stations
m
Max. 1000; overall max. 10000
Max. 500; overall max. 10000
Transmission
Boards per PC
cable
Fibre-optics cable
Coaxial cable
type
SI200 / SI250 µm
RG59BU/RG6AU
connector
CA9003
BNC-P-5 / BNC-P-3-NI
1
1
Internal current consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
A
0.9
1.3
kg 0.4
0.4
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 362 x 143 x 30 (long AT-bus slot)
362 x 143 x 30 (long AT-bus slot)
Art. no. 29622
29621
Order information
Accessories
Device driver and test software:
Optical fibre cable with attached connectors; SI type:
SW1-IM-M NET, art. no. 32191
2m:AS-2P-2M-A,art.no.126228, 5m:AS-2P-5M-A, art. no. 62430;
30m:AS-2P-30M-A, art. no. 52353;50m:AS-2P-50M-A, art. no. 62457;upto1000monrequest
45
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
The MELSECNET/B Network
Data communications
A
Q
MELSECNET/B is an extremely cost-
effective network, providing cyclic data
communication for MELSEC AnSH, QnAS,
AnU and QnA controllers. You can also
integrate remote I/O modules in the net-
work. A lower-level MELSECNET(II) or
MELSECNET/10 network can be connected
to a MELSECNET/B configuration.
BASICS
MELSECNET/B
AnSH
AnU/QnA
RS485 data line
Structure
The bus cable can be up to 1200 m long,
depending on the data transfer rate.
Up to 32 stations can be connected to
one network.
AnS remote
I/O module
QnAS
QnA
Cable type
This network type uses shielded twisted-
pair cabling as the data transfer medium
(2 pairs).
Total coverage max. 1200 m (125 kbit/s) for max. 32 stations
Data exchange
MELSECNET/B’s cyclic data exchange pro-
vides an excellent data volume of 1024
(4096) words and 1024 (4096) relays,
depending on the master PLC used: 1024
relays and words with the CPU types A1S,
A1S-S1, A2S, and 4096 relays and words
with all other CPU types.
Interface
Cable type
No. of pairs
RS485
Shielded twisted-pair
2
DC resistance
39.4 Ω/km
10 MΩ/km
70 nF / m or less
110 Ω 10 Ω
Insulation resistance (20°C)
Electrostatic capacity (1kHz)
Impedance (100 kHz)
Administration
In parallel to the cyclic data exchange you
can also program and monitor every slave
PLC in the system from the master PLC. The
Master/Slave procedure ensures extremely
efficient network management.
Cable recommendation: Lappkabel Unitronic-Li2YCYv(TP)/AWG20 2x2x0,50
Special features
MELSECNET/B is very simple to install. The
only parameters that need to be entered
are in a table for the master station speci-
fying the data available for the cyclic data
exchange process.
46
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ MELSECNET/B Module
Communication with economical
two-wire line
A
Q
BASICS
MELSECNET/B makes it possible to establish an inte-
1SJ71AT21B
CRC
A
E
grated system of up to 32 MELSEC PLC systems via
an RS485 interface.
SD
RD
12
R O
R
B
R
A
T
E
2
M
O
D
R
1M
UND
Special features:
Ȝ Bus topology with shielded two-wire line as trans-
1
0
7 6
1
8
N
O
STATI
NO.
3
2
1
0
7 6
8
1
mission medium
1
Ȝ Very simple start-up of cyclic and acyclic
D
M O
D C
communication
Ȝ Automatic data exchange with MELSECNET(II) and
3
2
1
0
7 6
D
8
MELSECNET/10 possible
Ȝ Central programming and program monitoring of
all stations in the network
Ȝ Extensive diagnostics facilities via peripherals or
RDA
RDB
SDA/
SDB/
internal register
)
L
SG(
Ȝ Remote I/Os can be connected to the network by
installing the module A1SJ72T25B as a slave in the
PLC CPU location of the main base unit.
FG
A1SJ71AT21B
Specifications
A1SJ71AT21B
Master / slave
Half duplex
Bus
A1SJ72T25B
Module type
Slave (remote I/O link module)
Communications method
Topology
Half duplex
Bus
Synchronisation
Frame synchronisation method
Frame synchronisation method
Link register / bus
Max. cyclic data for link in one station
Stations per network
Modulation method
Transmission format
Remote I/O points
rate
4096 (0 – FFF)
4096 (0 – FFF)
≤2048
≤2048
32
32
NRZI
NRZI
Conforms to HDLC
512
Conforms to HDLC
512
kbit/s 125 / 250 / 500 / 1000
125 / 250 / 500 / 1000
Transmission distance
cable
m
1200 / 600 / 400 / 200 (depends on the transmission rate)
Shielded twisted-pair
1200 / 600 / 400 / 200 (depends on the transmission rate)
Shielded twisted-pair
Max. compensation time
during power failure
ms ≤20
≤20
I/O points
32
—
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 660
660
kg 0.22
0.4
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 25723
47871
Order information
47
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
The CC-Link Network
Data communications
A
Q
The MELSEC CC-Link network provides
fast data communications with different
devices. The following components
among others can be integrated:
BASICS
AnSH/QnAS
AnU/QnA
Ȝ Remote digital inputs/outputs
Ȝ Remote analogue inputs/outputs
Ȝ High-speed counters
MELSECNET(10)
Master
station
Ȝ Positioning modules
Ȝ Modules for temperature measurement
Ȝ Distributed intelligence (e.g. FX2N)
Ȝ Frequency inverters (e.g. FR-A 540)
Ȝ Operator terminals (e.g.. GOT)
QnAS
CC LINK
Local station/
Standby master
GRAPHI
C
OPERA
TION
TERMI
NAL
FX0N/
FX2N
Ȝ Third party devices like gateways,
Operator terminals
GOT series
solenoid valves, barcode readers, etc.
MITSU
BISHI
Decentralised
analog
I/O modules
Structure
Decentralised
digital
I/O modules
The maximum bus segment extension
is 1,200 m (at 156 kbit/s max.). With a
reduced extension, transfer rates of up
to 10 Mbit/s can be achieved.
Personal
Computer with
Interface board
FR-A 500
FR-E 500
Cable types
The data communications requires stan-
dardized shielded twisted-pair cable.
Decentralised
special function
modules
Terminator
Data exchange
Various data like digital and analogue data
can be exchanged easily. In addition to the
cyclic transmission of word data, CC-Link
systems handle transient transmission
(message transmission) as well. This en-
ables data communication with intelligent
devices such as display devices, bar code
readers, measuring devices, and personal
computers.
Various special features provide a particu-
lar economic network administration:
Ȝ Automatic online return function after
the removal of a unit from the network.
Ȝ Stand-by master function for redun-
Ȝ Automatic link cutoff function of a
faulty slave station without interrupt-
ing network communications.
Ȝ Link status confirmation.
Ȝ Extensive test and diagnostics functions.
dancy across the system.
Administration
The programming software packages
MELSEC MEDOC plus and MELSEC MEDOC
GPP/WIN ensure an easy setup and com-
missioning.
Cabel
Shielded twisted-pair
Diameter
0,5 mm2 (1 pair)
≤37,8 Ω/km
60 nF / km
Cable resistance (20 °C)
Electrostatic capacity (1kHz)
Impedance (1 MHz)
Insulation resistance
Voltage withstand
Maximal distance
100 Ω 15 %
≥10.000 MΩ/km
500 V DC for 1 minute
1.200 m
48
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ CC-Link Master Module
Connection of remote inputs/outputs
A
The CC-Link enables the control and monitoring of I/O
modules on a remote machine. The data is transferred
to the central controllers via the master module.
Q
BASICS
1SJ61QBT11
A
E
R
R
O
R
SW
N
RU
S
M/
PRM
ERR.
MST
E
TIM
ST
CA
S M
LO
CPU
L R
E
LIN
L
Special features:
W
UN
R/
SD
RD
RR.
L E
Ȝ The parameters of all modules across the network
MODE
N NO.
IO
AT
ST
are set directly via the master module.
X
10
Ȝ The communication between the remote modules
and the master module is performed automatically
(refresh rate of up to 3.9 ms for 2048 I/O points).
X
1
ON
OFF
M/L
ST
M
S
D
HOL
CLEAR
1
4
Ȝ With one master module a system can be
extended by up to 2048 remote I/O points.
Ȝ An additional stand-by master establishes a
E
AT
B R
0
156K
625K
5M
1
2
3
4
2.
5M
10M
NC
duplex system.
DA
Ȝ Automatic link cutoff function of a faulty slave
station without interrupting network communi-
cations.
NC
NC
NC
NC
DB
DG
SLD
Ȝ Automatic online return of a station after error
corrective action without network reset.
Ȝ Data transfer via shielded twisted pair cable.
)
G
(F
Specifications
Module type
CPU series
A1SJ61BT11
A1SJ61QBT11
Master / Local Station
Master / Local Station
MELSEC QnAS series
MELSEC AnS series
I/O points
register
32
Link points
per station
8
Decentral I/O points
Number of connectable modules
I/O refresh time
2048
Max. 64 (Remote I/O modules: max. 64; Remote special function modules: max. 42; local stations: max. 24)
ms 3.9 – 6.7
speed
Mbit/s 10; 5; 2.5; 0.62; 0.15
Bus
type
Transmission
distance
m
m
100 m at 10 Mbit/s; 150 m at 5 Mbit/s; 200 m at 2.5 mbit/s; 600 m at 0,62 Mbit/s; 1200 m at 0.15 Mbit/s
total distance
Synchronizations method
Modulation
Max. 1200m
Frame synchronisation
NRZI
Tramsmission route type
Transmission format
type
Bus (RS485)
HDLC
Shielded twisted-pair
2
no. of cores
cable resistance (20 °c)
Max. 37.8 Ω/km
Transmission insulation resistance (1 kHz) Max. 60 nF/km
cable
characteristic
100 15Ω
impedance (100 kHz)
cable resistance (20 °C)
diameter
10000 MΩ/km
0.5 mm2
32
I/O points
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 400
kg 0.25
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 37.5x130x93.6
Art. no. 75497
126738
Order information
Accessories
Programming software: MELSEC MEDOC plus or MELSEC MEDOC GPP/WIN (see page 92)
49
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
˾ CC-Link Remote Digital Input and Combination Modules
Remote inputs
A
Q
The remote input modules acquire the signals within
short distance from the machine. The advantage is a
reduced cabling requirement and the capability of
aquiring data and operation results of individual
machine modules autonomously, electrically, and
mechanically.
BASICS
E
AT
1
B R
0
2
3
16D
J65BTB1-
A
HI
S
4
TSUBI
MI
NO.
N
IO
AT
ST
ERR.
L
RD
SD
L RUN
X1
PW
X10
0
0
1
9
1
2
3
2
3
8
7
4
4
6
6
5
5
F
E
D
C
B
A
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Besides three different input modules with up to
32 inputs, a combined module with 8 inputs and
8 outputs is available.
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
26
24G
8
24
+24V
6
B1-
16D
22
DG
4
20
DA
18
16
14
12
10
2
G)
(F
SLD
DB
Special features:
Ȝ Up to 64 I/O modules with a maximum of 32 inputs
each can be connected.
Ȝ All modules are very compact.
27
NC
B1-
16D
25
XF
26
23
21
19
X9
20
XA
17
NC
18
X8
15
X7
16
COM
13
X5
14
X6
11
X3
12
X4
9
7
5
3
XD
1
DA
XB
X1
24G
8
24
XE
+24V
6
22
XC
DG
4
10
COM
2
X2
X0
G)
(F
SLD
DB
Ȝ Tough, highly shock-resistant pattern.
Ȝ Status indicator LEDs for the inputs.
3
3
7
4
5
4
6
6
5
F
E
D
C
B
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
Ȝ Standard electrical isolation between process and
control via optocouplers.
Ȝ Mounting with DIN rail adapters or screws.
Ȝ Modules can be mounted in horizontal arrange-
ment or in one of 4 orientations on a flat surface.
Specifications
Module type
Inputs
AJ65BTB1-16D
Input modules
16
AJ65BTB2-16D
AJ65BTC1-32D
AJ65BTB1-16DT
Combination module
16
32
8
8
Outputs
—
—
—
DC input
(sink / source type)
DC input with 8 potential terminals DC input
DC input
(sink type)
Input type
(sink / source type)
(sink / source type)
No. ofpointspermodule
Outputtype
16
16
32
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
Transistor
8
No. ofpointspermodule
Insulation type
All modules feature photocoupler insulation.
Input voltage
24 V DC
7
24 V DC
24 V DC
7
24 V DC
7
Input current
mA
7
peroutput
pergroup
—
—
—
≥14
≤6
≤2
≤2
—
0,5
Max. output
current
—
—
4
ON voltage
OFF voltage
OFF ǞON
ON ǞOFF
V
V
≥14
≤6
≥14
≤6
≤2
≤2
≥14
≤6
≤10
≤12
Damping
voltage
ms ≤2
ms ≤2
Response time
Status display of inputs
Error (RUN) display of stations
I/O points
All modules provide LEDs for each input.
LED
LED
LED
LED
16
16
32
16
Connection terminals
Applicable wire size
Terminal block
Terminal block
0.75 – 2.0
60
Connector
0.75 – 2.0
70
Terminal block
0.75 – 2.0
70
mm2 0.75 – 2.0
mA 60
Internal power consumption
Weight (without terminal block)
Dimensions(WxHxD)
kg 0.32
0.4
0.27
0.33
mm 151.9 x 65 x 46
197.4 x 65 x 46
165 x 65 x 46
151.9x65x46
Art. no. 75447
75450
75455
75448
Order information
50
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ CC-Link Remote Digital Output Modules
Remote outputs
A
Q
The remote output modules output the signals within
short distance to the machine. The advantage is a
reduced cabling requirement and the capability of
controlling and monitoring data and operation re-
sults of individual machine modules autonomously,
electrically, and mechanically.
BASICS
E
AT
1
B R
0
2
3
16T
J65BTB1-
A
SHI
TSUBI
MI
4
NO.
N
IO
AT
ST
ERR.
L
RD
SD
L RUN
X1
PW
X10
0
0
1
9
1
2
3
2
8
7
3
4
4
6
6
5
5
F
E
D
C
B
A
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
26
24G
8
24
+24V
6
B1-
16T
22
DG
4
20
DA
Special features:
18
16
14
12
10
2
G)
(F
SLD
DB
Ȝ Up to 64 I/O modules with a maximum of 32 out-
puts each can be connected.
Ȝ All modules are very compact.
Ȝ Tough, highly shock-resistant pattern.
Ȝ Status indicator LEDs for the outputs.
Ȝ Standard electrical isolation between process and
27
25
YF
26
23
21
19
Y9
20
YA
17
T1+
15
Y7
16
13
Y5
14
Y6
11
Y3
12
Y4
9
7
CLT2+
5
3
YD
1
DA
YB
CL
Y1
24G
8
24
YE
+24V
6
B1-
22
YC
DG
4
18
10
16T
2
-
COM
2
Y8
1-
COM
Y2
Y0
G)
(F
SLD
DB
3
3
7
4
5
4
6
control via optocouplers.
6
5
F
E
D
C
B
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
Ȝ Mounting with DIN rail adapters or screws.
Ȝ Modules can be mounted in horizontal arrange-
ment or in one of 4 orientations on a flat surface.
Specifications
Module type
Outputs
AJ65BTB1-16T
AJ65BTC1-32T
AJ65BTB2-16R
Output modules
16
32
16
Output type
Transistor
8
Transistor
32
Relay
8
No. of points per module
Insulation type
All modules feature photocoupler insulation.
12/24V DC
24 V DC
240 V AC
Output rated voltage
12 /24 V DC
per output
per group
A
A
0.5
4
0.1
2
2
8
Max. output
current
Leak current output OFF
OFF ǞON
ms ≤2
ms ≤2
≤2
≤10
≤12
—
Response time
ON ǞOFF
≤2
Overvoltage protection
Status display of outputs
Zener diode
Clamp diode
All modules provide LEDs for each output.
Error (RUN) display of stations
I/O points
LED
LED
LED
16
32
16
Connection terminals
Terminal block
Connector
0.75 – 2.0
115
Terminal block
0.75 – 2.0
85
Applicable wire size
mm2 0.75 – 2.0
Internal power consumption
Weight (without terminal block)
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mA 80
kg 0.34
0.28
0.47
mm 151.9 x 65 x 46
165 x 65 x 46
197.4 x 65 x 46
Art. no. 75449
75456
75453
Order information
51
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
˾ CC-Link Remote Analog Input Modules
Analog linking to the CPU
A
Q
The analog input module AJ65BT-64AD converts
analog process signals into digital values that can be
processed by the CPU.
BASICS
NO.
ION
AT
ST
E
AT
B R
X1
X10
0
0
9
1
2
8
3
7
1
0
1
2
3
-64AD
J65BT
A
2
3
6
HI
S
TSUBI
MI
PW
4
4
6
5
4
5
N
RU
RESET
UN
SD
RD
N
GAI
L R
OFFSET
CH.
0
1
2
Special features:
3
RR.
L E
4
Ȝ 4 analog input channels per module.
Ȝ Selectable current or voltage input.
Ȝ Resolution 5 mV and 20 mA.
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
26
24G
8
24
-
BT
64AD
+24V
22
DG
20
DA
18
16
14
12
10
6
4
2
G)
(F
SLD
DB
Ȝ Converting time 1 ms per channel.
Ȝ Converts analogue values in the range of
-10 to 10 V or -20 to +20 mA into digital values
from -2000 to +2000.
Ȝ Status indicator LEDs.
Ȝ Standard electrical isolation between process and
27
25
SLD
26
AG
23
CH4
I+
21
SLD
22
19
CH3
I+
17
15
CH2
V+
13
11
CH1
V+
9
7
FG1
5
3
1
DA
COM
18
COM
14
24G
8
24
COM
-
+24V
6
BT
64AD
DG
4
20
16
CH2
I+
12
CH1
I+
CH4
V+
10
CH3
V+
2
COM
SLD
TEST
TEST
G)
(F
SLD
DB
3
4
RR.
L E
control via optocouplers.
Ȝ Input characteristics can be user-modified via
offset/gain settings.
Ȝ Ready for use with all CC-Link master modules.
Specifications
Analog inputs
Resolution
AJ65BT-64AD
4
16 bit, -2048 / +2047
Analog input
Voltage
Digital output
Current
Voltage
Current
I/O characteristics
-10V–10V
0–10V
0–5V
-20 – 20 mA
0–20mA
0–20mA
4–20mA
0 – 4000
0 – 4000
0 – 4000
0 – 4000
-2000 – 2000
-2000 – 2000
-2000 – 2000
-2000 – 2000
1–5V
-10V–10V
0–10V
0–5V
-20 – 20 mA
0–20mA
0–20mA
4–20mA
5mV
20 µA
10 µA
5µA
2.5 mV
1.25 mV
1mV
Max. resolution
Overall accuracy
1–5V
4µA
±1.0 % (for the whole measurement range)
Max. conversion time
1 ms/channel
±15 V
voltage
current
Max. input
±30 mA
Isolation
Photocoupler isolation between output terminals and PC power for all modules.
I/O points
2 stations (each 32 devices)
24 V DC
mm2 0.75 – 2.00
External power consumption
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption
(24 V DC)
mA 120
Weight
kg 0.35
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 152x65x63
Art. no. 75444
Order information
52
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ CC-Link Remote Analog Output Modules
Digital to analog converter modules
A
Q
These modules serve as remote 4-channels digital to
analog converter modules with 12-bit or 13-bit binary
BASICS
resolution and output an analog current or voltage
signal. With this signal for example, frequency
inverters, valves or sliders can be controlled.
X1
X10
0
5
0
5
9
1
2
8
3
7
1
0
1
2
3
AI
-64D
J65BT
A
2
3
6
HI
S
TSUBI
MI
PW
4
4
6
4
N
RU
RESET
UN
SD
RD
L R
UP
OFFSET
CH.
0
SET
1
2
3
RR.
L E
4
N
W
DO
N
GAI
27
25
23
21
19
Special features:
Ȝ Up to 4 channels per module.
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
26
24G
8
24
-
BT
AI
64D
+24V
22
DG
20
DA
18
16
14
12
10
6
4
2
G)
(F
SLD
DB
Ȝ Resolution of the digital input signals selectable in
3 steps: 1/4000, 1/8000, 1/12000.
Ȝ Gain and offset setting provided for each channel.
Ȝ Converting time of 1 ms per channel and 4 ms for
4 channels.
Ȝ Status indicator LEDs.
27
CH4
I+
25
23
CH3
I+
21
19
CH2
I+
17
15
CH1
I+
13
11
CL
9
7
5
3
1
DA
/
HDL
R
/
HDL
R
26
COM
24G
8
CL
24
-
BT
AI
64D
+24V
6
22
COM
DG
4
20
18
COM
16
14
COM
12
10
2
TEST
TEST
G)
(F
SLD
DB
3
RR.
L E
4
N
W
DO
N
GAI
Ȝ Standard electrical isolation between process and
control via optocouplers.
Ȝ Ready for use with all CC-Link master modules.
Specifications
Analog outputs
Resolution
AJ65BT-64DAV
AJ65BT-64DAI
4
4
12 bit, -2048 to +2.047
-10 V – 0 V – +10 V DC (external input resistance 2 kΩ–1MΩ)
12 bit, 0 – 4095
Analog output
4 – 20 mA DC (external input resistance 0 – 600 Ω)
Digital input
Analog output
Digital input
Analog output
Resolution
Voltage
Resolution
Current
2000
1000
0
-1000
-2000
+10 V
+5 V
0V
I/O characteristics
4000
2000
0
+20 mA
+12 mA
+4 mA
-5 V
-10 V
Offset/Gain setting
Overall accuracy
Yes (users or factory setting)
Yes (users or factory setting)
±1.0 % (for the whole measurement range)
±1.0 % (for the whole measurement range)
Max. conversion time
Isolation method
I/O points
Max. 1 ms/1 channel, 4 ms/4 channels
Max. 1 ms/1 channel, 4 ms/4 channels
All modules fitted with photocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal circuit.
2 stations (32 devices) 2 stations (32 devices)
Applicable wire size
mm2 0.75 – 2.0
0.75 – 2.0
270
Internal power consumption
(24 V DC)
mA 180
Weight
kg 0.4
0.4
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 152 x 65 x 63
152x65x63
Art. no. 75446
75445
Order information
53
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
˾ CC-Link Remote Analog Input Modules for Pt100-Elements
Connection of Pt100-elements
A
Q
The analog modules AJ65BT-64RD3 and
AJ65BT-64RD4 provide analog inputs for measuring
values of Pt100 elements.
BASICS
N NO.
IO
AT
ST
E
AT
B R
X1
X10
0
0
9
1
2
8
7
1
0
1
2
3
4
D
-64R
J65BT
2
3
6
A
HI
S
TSUBI
MI
3
PW
4
4
6
4
5
5
N
RU
RESET
UN
SD
RD
L R
UP
OFFSET
CH.
0
SET
MODE
SW
0
1~4
9
1
NORMAL
2
3
CH.
TEST
TEST
RR.
L E
Special features:
4
N
W
DO
N
GAI
Ȝ Linear measuring range without adjustment of
the measuring values.
Ȝ Direct output of the measuring values in °C.
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
26
24G
8
24
-
BT
+24V
22
DG
20
DA
18
16
14
12
6
4RD4
10
6
4
2
G)
(F
SLD
DB
Ȝ Temperature measuring range of -180°C to +600°C
in combination with a Pt100-element according
to DIN IEC 751.
Ȝ Platinum sensors can be connected directly.
Ȝ A line break is indicated to the PLC by the module.
Ȝ The conversion can be enabled or disabled for
27
b4
25
A4
26
B4
23
21
b3
22
SLD
19
A3
20
B3
17
b2
18
a3
15
A2
16
B2
13
11
b1
12
9
7
5
SLD
24
3
1
DA
SLD
14
a2
A1
10
24G
8
-
+24V
6
BT
4RD4
DG
4
6
a4
2
SLD
B1
a1
G)
(F
SLD
DB
3
RR.
L E
each channel individually.
4
N
W
DO
TEST
9
N
GAI
Ȝ Averaging on time or measuring cycles can be
parametrized.
Ȝ Status indicator LEDs.
Ȝ Standard electrical isolation between process and
control via optocouplers.
Ȝ Ready for use with all CC-Link master modules.
Specifications
AJ65BT-64RD3
4
AJ65BT-64RD4
4
Pt100-input points
Method of measurement
3-wire type
4-wire type
Connectable temperature
measuring resistants
Pt100 (conforms to JIS C 1604-1989 and DIN IEC 751), JPt100 (conforms to JIS C 1604-1981)
Measurement
range
°C -180 – +600
16 bits signed binary: -1800 – +6000
-180 – +600
Temperature
16 bits signed binary: -1800 – +6000
32 bits signed binary: -180000 – +600000
Detected value
at 25 °C ( 5%)
32 bits signed binary: -180000 – +600000
±0.1 % (for the whole measurement range)
0.25 % (for the whole measurement range)
±0.1 % (for the whole measurement range)
0.25 % (for the whole measurement range)
0.025
Overall
accuracy
at <20 °C or > 30 °C
Resolution
°C 0.025
Max. conversion time
Isolation
40 ms / Pt100 input
40 ms / Pt100 input
Photocoupler isolation between output terminals and PC power for all modules.
Max. 16 Pt100 analog input modules in one network
4 stations (128 devices)
Modules per network
I/O points
Max. 16 Pt100 analog input modules in one network
4 stations (128 devices)
0.75 – 2.0
Applicable wire size
External voltage sopply
mm2 0.75 – 2.0
24 V DC
24 V DC
Internal power consumption
(24 V DC)
mA 170
170
Weight
kg 0.38
0.38
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 152x65x63
152 x 65 x 63
Art. no. 88026
88027
Order information
54
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ CC-Link Remote High-Speed Counter Modules
Automatic hardware counter
A
Q
The high-speed counter modules acquire signals at a
frequency which conventional input modules can not
BASICS
N NO.
IO
AT
ST
E
AT
B R
X1
X10
acquire. Positioning tasks or frequency measure-
ments for example can be performed.
0
0
9
1
2
8
7
1
2
0
1
62D
-D
2
3
4 6
J65BT
A
HI
3
S
3
TSUBI
MI
PW
N
RU
4
4
6
5
5
2
CH.
1
CH.
ø A
RESET
ø A
UN
SD
RD
PLS
1 2
L R
NG
1 2
RI
ø B
ø B
CH.
LOW
CH.
DEC
DEC
PRE
ON
P
RE
RR.
L E
T.
F S
GH
HI
T.
F S
U1
U2
EQ
EQ
U1
U2
EQ
EQ
Special features:
Ȝ Input for incremental shaft encoder with auto-
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
26
24G
8
24
-
+24V
BT
62D
22
DG
4
20
DA
18
16
14
12
10
D
6
matic forward and reverse detection.
2
G)
(F
SLD
DB
Ȝ Count preset via external signals or via the PLC
program by the PRESET function.
Ȝ Ring counter for counting up to a predefined
valuewith automatic reset to the initial value.
27
25
CH2
EQR2
23
CH1
EQR1
21
CH2
T
F. S
19
CH2
PRST
17
CH2
B)
EQR
15
CH2
A)
Ȝ Functions such as velocity measurement, deter-
mining switching points or periodical counting
are provided.
13
11
9
7
5
COM
3
CH.
DG
CH1
1
DA
CH1
CH1
A)
øB(
øA(
1
COM
14
B)
øB(
26
24G
8
øA(
24
-
+24V
6
BT
D
62D
22
20
18
+12
16
CH2
CH1
EQR1
12
CH1
PRST
10
CH2
CH2
B)
CH2
A)
24V
CH2
4
EQR1
2
CH1
B)
CH1
COM
øB(
øA(
T
F. S
øB(
A)
G) øA(
(F
SLD
DB
RR.
L E
GH
HI
U1
EQ
U2
EQ
U1
U2
EQ
EQ
Ȝ Automatic multiplication of the counted values.
Ȝ Status indicator LEDs.
Ȝ Ready for use with all CC-Link master modules.
Specifications
Counter inputs
Signal levels
AJ65BT-D62
AJ65BT-62D / 62D-S1
2 (1 or 2 phases)
2 (1 or 2 phases)
5 / 12 / 24 V DC (2 – 5 mA)
pulse/s 200000
EIA Standard, RS-422-A difference driver
400000
Max. counting frequency
Counting range
23 bits + sign (binary), 0 – 16777215
24 bits + sign (binary)
23 bits + sign (binary), 0 – 16777215
24 bits + sign (binary)
Comparison range
Counter type
Both modules are equipped with UP/DOWN preset counter and ring counter function.
External digital input points
Min. input pulse width
Preset, count disable function
Preset, count disable function
1 / 2 phase: 5 µs
1 phase: 100 µs; 2 phase: 142 µs
1 phase: 2.5 µs; 2 phase: 3.3 µs;
1 phase: 100 µs; 2 phase: 142 µs
inputs
5/12/24VDC(2–5mA)
5/12/24VDC(2–5mA)
<0.5ms
External
OFF Ǟ ON <0.5ms
response time
ON Ǟ OFF <3ms
<3ms
outputs
2 A
2 A
External
response time
< 0.1 ms
< 0.1 ms
I/O points
4 stations (128 devices)
4 stations (128 devices)
0.75 – 2.0
Applicable wire size
mm2 0.75 – 2.0
Internal power consumption
(24 V DC)
mA 70
D62D: 100; D62D-S1: 120
Weight
kg 0.41
0.42
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 152x65x63
152 x 65 x 63
Art. no. 88028
88029 / 88030
Order information
55
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
˾ CC-Link Remote Input Modul for Temperature Measurement
Temperature measuring via thermoelement
A
Q
This module supports temperature measurements via
thermocouples.
BASICS
NO.
ION
AT
ST
E
AT
B R
X1
X10
0
0
9
1
2
8
3
7
1
0
1
2
3
-68TD
J65BT
A
2
3
6
HI
S
TSUBI
MI
PW
4
4
6
5
4
5
N
RU
Special features:
Ȝ The module provides 8 thermoelement inputs
RESET
UN
SD
RD
L R
UP
OFFSET
CH.
0
SET
MODE
SW
0
1~8
9
1
NORMAL
2
3
CH.
TEST
TEST
RR.
L E
4
N
W
DO
N
GAI
that can be addressed independently.
Ȝ Linearized measuring range up to 1700 °C
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
26
24G
8
24
-
BT
68TD
+24V
22
DG
20
DA
18
16
14
12
10
6
4
2
(depending on thermoelement).
G)
(F
SLD
DB
Ȝ Support for thermoelement types B, R, S, K, E, J, T
with characteristics of thermoelectric voltages
according to DIN IEC 584-1.
Ȝ Line break detection for each input channel.
Ȝ Cold junction compensation is possible.
Ȝ Standard electrical isolation between process and
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
RTD
5
RTD
26
+
3
CH8
+
1
DA
+
CH7
CH6
+
CH5
+
CH4
+
CH3
+
+
CH2
CH1
24G
8
24
NC
-
+24V
6
BT
68TD
22
DG
4
20
18
16
14
12
10
NC
2
-
CH8
-
CH7
-
CH6
-
CH5
-
CH4
-
CH3
-
CH2
-
CH1
G)
(F
SLD
DB
3
RR.
L E
4
N
W
DO
TEST
9
N
GAI
control via optocoupler.
Specifications
AJ65BT-68TD
Input points
8
Temperature input range
Detected temperature value
Scaling value
°C 0 – 1700
16 bits signed binary: 0 – 17000 (value to the first decimal place x 10)
°C 16 bits signed: 0 – +2000
Temperature
measurement range
Conversion accuracy
Temperature characteristic
Type
(at operating ambient temperature is Ta = 25 5°C) (whenoperatingambienttemperaturevariesby∆T=1°C)
B
600 – 1700 °C
200 – 1600 °C
200 – 1600 °C
0 – 1200 °C
±2.5 °C
±2°C
±0.4 °C
±0.3 °C
±0.3 °C
R
S
±2°C
Thermocouple
K
E
0 – 800 °C
0 – 750 °C
0 – 350 °C
±0.5 °C or 0.25 % of the measured temperature
which ever is larger
±0.07 °C or 0.02 % of the measured temperature
which ever is larger
J
T
Cold junction compensation accuracy
Overall accuracy
±1°C
(Conversion accuracy Ta) + (temperature characteristic) x (operating ambient temperature variation) 1 °C
Max. conversion time
Absolute max. input voltage
Isolation method
45 ms / channel, without respect to the number of used channels
V
±5
Transformer
I/O points
4 stations (128 devices)
Applicable wire size
mm2 0.75 – 2.0
mA 81
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
kg 0.40
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 152x65x63
Art. no. 88025
Order information
56
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ CC-Link Remote Positioning Module
Positioning with an open control loop
A
Q
The module generates the go command via a pulse
chain. The velocity is proportional to the pulse fre-
BASICS
N NO.
TIO
STA
ATE
B R
X1
X10
0
0
S3
-
D75P2-
9
1
quency. The travel is proportional to the pulse length.
1
0
1
2
J65BT
A
2
3
2
8
SHI
TSUBI
MI
3
7
6
PW
RU
3
4
4
6
5
4
5
N
UN
SD
RD
L R
RESET
MODE
AX1
AX2
RR.
L E
Special features:
Ȝ Control of up to two axes, linear interpolation or
circular interpolation.
Ȝ Storage of up to 600 items of positioning data.
7
5
3
1
24G
+24V
DG
4
DA
6
2
)
(FG
SLD
DB
Ȝ Travel unit can be specified pulse, mm, inch or
degree.
Ȝ In connection with the MELSERVO MR-J2 servo
amplifier an absolute position detection system
can be configured.
N NO.
TIO
STA
ATE
B R
X1
X10
0
0
S3
-
D75P2-
9
1
1
0
1
2
J65BT
A
2
3
2
8
SHI
TSUBI
MI
3
7
6
PW
RU
3
4
4
6
5
4
5
N
UN
SD
RD
L R
RESET
MODE
Ȝ 7 types of home position return functions are
AX1
AX2
RR.
L E
available.
7
5
3
1
24G
+24V
6
DG
4
DA
2
Ȝ Parameterization and specification of positioning
data can be be done entirely by the PLC program
or by the MS-DOS Software SW1IVD-AD75PE.
)
(FG
AJ65
SLD
DB
Specifications
AJ65BT-D75P2-S3
Control axes
Interpolation
Points per axis
2
Linear interpolation (2 axes), circular interpolation(2 axes)
600
Pulse control "Point to Point" (absolute data and/or incremental); speed/position swiching control: (incremental);
locus control (absolute data and/or incremental)
method
absolute data:
-2147483648
– 2147483647
pulse
-214748364.8 – 214748364.7 µm
-21474.83648 – 21474.83647 inch
0
– 359.99999
degree
incremental:
-2147483648 – 2147483647 pulse
-214748364.8 – 214748364.7 µm
-21474.83648 – 21474.83647 degree
-21474.83648 – 21474.83647 inch
positioning
units
Speed/position
switching control:
Positioning
0 – 2147483647 pulse
0 – 214748364.7 µm
0 – 21474.83647 degree
0 – 21474.83647 inch
1
– 1000000
pulse/min
mm/min
degree/min
inch/min
positioning
speed
0.01 – 6000000.00
0.001 – 600000.000
0.001 – 600000.000
acceleration/
Automatic trapezoidal or S-pattern acceleration and deceleration
1 – 65535 ms (4 patterns each can be set)
deceleration processing
acceleration and
deceleration time
Offset
Electronic gear and backlash compensation
4 stations with each 128 devices
I/O points
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 300
kg 0.5
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 170 x 63.5 x 80
Art. no. 88002
Order information
Accessories
Software for all MELSEC positioning modules: SW1IVD-AD75PE, art. no.: 65619; adapter cabel: A1SD75-C01H, art. no.: 54943
57
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
˾ CC-Link Remote RS232C Interface Module
Data exchange with peripherals
A
Q
This module serves for the communication with pe-
ripheral devices through a standard RS232C interface.
The peripherals are connected point to point (1:1).
BASICS
N NO.
TIO
STA
ATE
B R
X1
X10
0
0
9
1
1
0
1
2
8
C
2
-232-
SD
RD
RS
2
2
-R
J65BT
A
3
4
3
7
6
XC
XD
YC
YD
SHI
TSUBI
MI
3
4
PW
6
5
4
5
N
RU
RESET
ON
ERR.
SW
UN
SD
RD
MODE
L R
7
8
9
B
D C
RR.
L E
Special features:
I/O
C
-232-
RS
Ȝ Access capabilities of host PCs with visualization
or monitor software to the complete data set of
the MELSEC AnAS CPU.
7
5
3
1
7
5
3
1
6
4
2
24G
+24V
DG
4
DA
R2
6
2
)
(FG
SLD
AJ65
DB
Ȝ Supported ASCII data exchange with connected
devices such as bar code readers, weighing or
identification systems.
Ȝ Two universal digital inputs and outputs each.
Ȝ Printer control options.
N NO.
TIO
STA
ATE
B R
X1
X10
0
0
9
1
1
0
1
2
3
8
C
2
-232-
SD
RD
RS
2
2
-R
J65BT
A
3
7
6
XC
XD
YC
YD
SHI
TSUBI
3
4
MI
4
PW
6
5
4
5
RESET
ON
N
RU
SW
MODE
ERR.
UN
SD
RD
L R
7
8
9
Ȝ LED indicators for the module and communica-
B
D C
RR.
L E
7
5
tions status.
3
XD
4
1
YD
YC
6
XC
2
7
5
3
DG
4
1
C
-232-
RS
24G
+24V
6
1
COM R2
NC
DA
2
1
COM
)
(FG
AJ65
SLD
DB
Specifications
AJ65BT-R2
Typ RS232C (D-Sub, 9 pole)
Interface
Communications mode
Synchronisation
Full duplex (without protocol)
Start/stop synchronisation
speed
Data
bit/s 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 (selectable)
Bus (RS485)
channel
transfer
distance
m
15
Data format
1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bits, 1 or 2 stop bits
Parity check, checksum
Error correction
DTR/DSR control
YES / NO selectable
X ON / X OFF (DC1 / DC3)
YES / NO selectable
input data
output data
2 inputs 24 V DC (sink / source type)
2 Transistor outputs 12/24 V DC
1 station (32 adresses)
Universal I/Os
I/O points
External power supply
V DC 24
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 110
kg 0.4
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 170x80x63,5
Art. no. 88003
Order information
58
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ Interface Boards for CC-Link
Interface board for CC-Link
A
Q
The interface board serves for the integration of a
personal computer as local station into the CC-Link
BASICS
network.
Special features:
Ȝ PCI board for plug-and-play without DIP switch
configuration.
ERR
RD
RUN
SD
Ȝ Monitor and test function of data available within
the network supported.
Ȝ Prepared for user-defined programming.
DB
DG
SDL
BD
NO.
J61BT13
A80BD-
BD808C083G51
Specifications
A80BD(E)-J61BT13
Slave
Module type
Transmission speed
Max. transmission distance
Mbit/s 0.156; 0.625; 2.5; 5; 10 (selectable)
Dependend on the transmission speed (see master module)
per system
Link devices
2048 link relays , 256 registers
per station
30 link relays , 256 registers
Communications method
Synchronisation method
Modulation
Polling
Frame synchronisation method
NRZI
Transmission method
Transmission format
Boards per network
Bus (RS485)
HDLC
Max. 4
Windows NT Workstation 4.0 or higher, with Pentium prozessor ≥133 MHz, 1 free PCI slot,
min. 32 MB RAM, min. 20 MB ROM (harddisk)
System requirements (PC)
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 400
kg 0.16
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 192x107x8.8
Art. no. 102866
Order information
59
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
MELSEC I/O Link Network
Communications Modules
A
Q
MELSEC I/O Link enables you to operate up
to 64 remote inputs and 64 remote
outputs.
BASICS
All I/Os in the network are automatically
and cyclically updated at 5.4 µs intervals.
AnS / QnAS
AnU / QnA
Up to 16 I/O modules can be connected
to a master unit.
Structure
MELSEC I/O Link
The data line’s tree topology enables you
to install T-junctions at any point, similar to
a normal house service installation. You
only need to ensure that the total coverage
of the network does not exceed 200 m.
Cable type
The network uses ordinary shielded
twisted-pair cabling as the communica-
tions medium.
Administration
I/O-Link modules
AJ55TB ˿˿˿
For the control program there is no differ-
ence at all between the remote I/Os and
the local I/Os on the PLC’s base units.
The station numbers of the remote
I/O modules are set with simple rotary
switches, making installation very easy.
You also need to set the master station
DIP switches for the assigned station
numbers to ON.
Interface
Shielded twisted-pair cabling
Cross-section
0.75 mm2 (1 pair)
≤29 Ω/km
75 nF / km
Loop resistance
Electrostatic capacity
Impedance (100 kHz)
Insulation resistance
Maximum distance
110 Ω 10 %
≥500 MΩ/km
200 m
Important: Do not exceed the specified electrostatic capacity!
60
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ MELSEC I/O Link Master Module
Local I/Os with flexible installation
A
Q
The MELSEC I/O Link is very simple to handle.
To put it into operation, all that is necessary is to set
BASICS
DIP switches to indicate which stations are present.
Otherwise, the local I/Os behave in the same way as
locally installed ones and are programmed
in the same way via the PLC program.
1SJ51T64
A
8
2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
S
E
9
N
D
D
T
R
A
B
C
D
E
F
RA
T
I
O
O
O
E
R
R
R
N
O
N
Special features:
Ȝ Online diagnostics by means of LEDs
Ȝ Cabling in tree structure (T connections possible)
Ȝ Up to 128 inputs/outputs per module
Ȝ Refresh time of 5.4 ms for 64 I/Os
DATA
DG
FG
Ȝ The number of master modules is limited only by
+24
24G
the address range of the CPU.
Ȝ Transmission distance up to 200 m (cable length)
Ȝ Indication of faulty stations by means of LEDs
A
B
RUN
RUN
A1SJ51T64
Specifications
Controllable I/O points
I/O refresh time
rate
A1SJ51T64
128 (using mixed modules with 4 inputs / 4 outputs)
ms ca. 5.4
bit/s 38400
Register insertion method
method
synchronization
method
Combination of frame-synchronization and bit-synchronization
error control
system
Commu-
nication
Parity check
Bus / tree system
200
transmission
path
transmission
total distance
m
I/O stations
type
16 (modules with 4 I/Os)
Shielded twisted pair cable
Commu-
nication
cable
no. of cores
diameter
2
≥0.5 mm2
Error (RUN) display of stations
No. of occupied I/O points
Applicable wire size
LED
64 (definable by I/O assignment)
mm2 ≥0.75
voltage supply
21.6 – 27.6 V DC
External
current supply
mA 90
(24 V DC)
Internalpowerconsumption(5VDC)
Weight
mA 115
kg 0.3
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art.no. 47192
Order information
Accessories
I/O link modules AJ55TB ˿˿˿ (refer to the following page)
61
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
˾ MELSEC I/O Link Modules for A1SJ51T64
Local I/Os in compact design
A
Q
The local I/Os have little granularity. For example,
mixed modules with 2 input points and 2 output
points are available.
BASICS
This system is perfect for updating existing
machinery.
Special features:
Ȝ Very compact design
Ȝ Three-conductor connection technology for
input points
Ȝ Installation by screws or integrated DIN rail
adapter
Ȝ Modules with 4, 8 and 16 input/output points
Ȝ Galvanic isolation between process and controller
by photocoupler is a standard feature.
Ȝ Indication of the status of the input/output points
by LEDs
Ȝ Adjustment of station numbers via rotaryswitch
Specifications
AJ55TB3-4D
4
AJ55TB3-8D
8
AJ55TB3-16D
16
AJ55TB32-4DR
2 + 2
AJ55TB32-8DR
4 + 4
AJ55TB32-16DR
8 + 8
Controllable I/O points
Operating voltage range
Rated input voltage
V DC 19.2 – 26.4
24 V DC (7 mA)
19.2 – 26.4
24 V DC (7 mA)
19.2 – 26.4
24 V DC (7 mA)
21.6 – 26.4
24 V DC (7 mA)
21.6 – 26.4
24 V DC (7 mA)
21.6 – 26.4
24 V DC (7 mA)
24 V DC (2 A/point)
240VAC(4A/common)
24 V DC (2 A/point)
240VAC(4A/common)
Rated output voltage
—
—
—
24 V DC (2 A/point) ቢ
voltage
Switch ON
V
≥14
mA ≥3.5
≤6
≥14
≥3.5
≤6
≥14
≥3.5
≤6
≥14
≥14
≥14
current
≥3.5
≥3.5
≥3.5
voltage
Switch OFF
V
≤6
≤6
≤6
current
mA ≤1.7
kΩ 3.3
—
≤1.7
3.3
≤1.7
3.3
≤1.7
≤1.7
≤1.7
Load resistance
3.3
3.3
3.3
Min. switchingload
Max. switching voltage
—
—
5VDC(1mA)
250 V AC / 110 V DC
In: ≤10 / Out: ≤10
In: ≤10 / Out: ≤12
20Mio. cycles
100000 cycles
3600 cycles/h
100 %
5VDC(1mA)
250 V AC / 110 V DC
In: ≤10 / Out: ≤10
In: ≤10 / Out: ≤12
20Mio. cycles
100000 cycles
3600 cycles/h
100 %
5VDC(1mA)
49.9 V AC
In: ≤10 / Out: ≤10
In: ≤10 / Out: ≤12
20Mio. cycles
100000 cycles
3600 cycles/h
100 %
V
—
—
—
OFF Ǟ ON
ms ≤10
ms ≤10
—
≤10
≤10
—
≤10
≤10
—
Response
time
ON Ǟ OFF
mechanical
electrical
Life
—
—
—
Max. switching frequency
Max. inputs ON simultaneously
Input/output indicator
Isolation method
—
—
—
100 %
100 %
100 %
All modules provide a red LED for each input/output.
All modules fitted with photocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal circuit.
Shielded twisted pair 0.75 mm2 x 1P / lead cable 0.75 mm2 x 2C (for further information contact the Mitsubishi Electric service)
Communication cable
voltage
current
V DC 15.6 – 27.6
mA 35
15.6 – 27.6
15.6 – 27.6
15.6 – 27.6
15.6 – 27.6
15.6 – 27.6
70
I/O unit power
supply
45
60
40
50
External voltage supply
External power consumption (24 V DC)
Weight
—
—
—
24VDC/240VAC
24VDC/240VAC
24VDC
45
mA
—
—
—
12
23
kg 0.2
0.3
0.4
0.2
0.3
0.4
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 82 x 45 x 66
114 x 45 x 66
177 x 45 x 66
82 x 45 x 66
114 x 45 x 66
177 x 45 x 66
Art. no. 47191
47190
58548
47186
47185
58546
Ordering information
Accessories
—
ቢ In case of 240 V AC the unit does not comply to CE-standard.
62
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ MELSEC I/O Link Modules for A1SJ51T64
A
Q
BASICS
Specifications
AJ55TB2-4R
AJ55TB2-8R
AJ55TB2-16R
Controllable I/O points
Operating voltage range
Rated input voltage
4
8
16
V DC
—
—
—
—
—
—
24 V DC (2 A/point)
240 V AC (8 A/common)
24 V DC (2 A/point)
240 V AC (8 A/common)
Rated output voltage
24VDC(2A/point, 8A/common) ቢ
voltage
Switch ON
V
mA
V
—
—
—
current
—
—
—
voltage
Switch OFF
—
—
—
current
mA
kΩ
—
—
—
Load resistance
—
—
—
Min. switching load
Max. switching voltage
5 V DC (1 mA)
250 V AC / 110 V DC
5 V DC (1 mA)
250 V AC / 110 V DC
≤10
5 V DC (1 mA)
49.9 V AC
≤10
OFF Ǟ ON
ms ≤10
ms ≤12
20 Mio. cycles
Response
time
ON Ǟ OFF
mechanical
electrical
≤12
≤12
20 Mio. cycles
100000 cycles
3600 cycles/h
—
20 Mio. cycles
100000 cycles
3600 cycles/h
—
Life
100000 cycles
Max. switching frequency
Max. inputs ON simultaneously
Input/output indicator
Isolation method
3600 cycles/h
—
All modules provide a red LED for each input/output.
All modules fitted with photocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal circuit.
Shielded twisted pair 0.75 mm2 x 1P / lead cable 0.75 mm2 x2C
(for further information contact the Mitsubishi Electric service)
Communication cable
voltage
15.6 – 27.6 V DC
mA 50
24 V DC / 240 V AC
mA 23
15.6 – 27.6 V DC
15.6 – 27.6 V DC
I/O unit power
supply
current
65
85
External voltage supply
External power consumption (24 V DC)
Weight
24 V DC / 240 V AC
24 V DC
90
45
kg 0.2
0.3
0.4
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 82 x 45 x 66
114x45x66
177 x 45 x 66
Art. no. 47189
47187
58549
Ordering information
Accessories
—
ቢ In case of 240 V AC the unit does not comply to CE-standard.
63
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
The PROFIBUS/DP Network
Data Communications
Master PLC
Slave units
A
Q
The open PROFIBUS/DP network enables
extremely fast data exchange with a very
wide variety of slave devices, including:
Ȝ Remote digital I/Os
Ȝ Remote analog I/Os
BASICS
AnSH / QnAS
AnU / QnA
Ȝ Remote intelligence PLC
(FX0N, FX2N)
Ȝ Frequency inverters (FR-A 240,
FR-A 540 (L), FR-E 500)
Ȝ Operator terminals (MAC E series)
Ȝ A range of other devices from
FX0N / FX2N
max. 1200 m at 93.75 kbit/s without repeater
third-party manufacturers
16 outputs
several MAC E series
Structure
P R O F
I
The maximum coverage of a bus segment
is 1200 m (at a maximum of 93.75 kbit/s).
Up to 3 repeaters are allowed. Thus the
maximum distance between 2 stations is
calculated with 4800 m.
PROCESS FIELD BUS
B U S
MT series
MC series
FR-E 520/540
FR-A 540(L)EC
Cable types
To help reduce costs PROFIBUS/DP uses
RS 485 technology with simple twisted-
pair cabling.
Suitable cables include the UNITRONIC
BUSLD from Lappkabel and the DUE 4451
from Alcatel.
Specifications
Master AJ71PB92
EN 50170 / DIN 19245-T3
Master A1SJ71PB92D
Communications protocol
Shielded twisted-pair with 24 AWG = 0.22 mm2, impedance: 100 – 130 Ω;
Shielded twisted-pair with 22 AWG = 0.34 mm2, impedance: 135 – 165 Ω;
Cabling
Data exchange
Interface
distance
1 200 m
RS485
ThePROFIBUSAJ71PB92DandA1SJ71PB92D
master modules support slave device data
exchange with up to 244 send bytes and
244 receive bytes. This means you can ex-
change a total of up to 128 bytes with a
slave unit per network cycle.
kbit/s 9.6 / 19.2 / 93.75
Data
1 000 m
transfer
kbit/s 187.5
kbit/s 500
rate
400 m
12000 / 6000 / 3000 (100 m)
1500 (200 m)
200 m
kbit/s 1 500
Max total distance
m
4800 (3 repeaters)
Administration
Slave units per master
Stations per segment
Repeaters per network
60
32
3
In combination with the MELSEC ProfiMap
configuration software the AJ71PB92D
PROFIBUS/DP master unit gives you
user-friendly plug-and-play technology.
The configuration software is self-explana-
tory, using a graphical model for setting up
the network. You simply select the slave
unit (e.g. FX2N), assign the station num-
bers and specify where the information is
stored in the master CPU.
ProfiConT: PROFIBUS 9-pin D-SUB plug connector for up to 12 Mbaud,
art. no. 87035 (refer to page 82)
Accessories
Of course, PROFIBUS/DP slaves from
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC can also be
connected to master devices from other
manufacturers.
64
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ PROFIBUS DP/FMS Module
The open standard for MELSEC PLCs
A
Q
The A1SJ71PB96F PROFIBUS/FMS module and the
A1SJ71PB92D PROFIBUS/DP module enable MELSEC
BASICS
programmable logic controllers to communicate with
other PROFIBUS devices.
Special features:
Ȝ The A1SJ71PB92D PROFIBUS/DP master can com-
municate with up to 60 slave units. Up to 32 input
bytes and 32 output bytes can be processed at a
time per slave station. Supported functions include
Sync, Freeze and specialised diagnostics messages
for the specific slave types used.
Ȝ The A1SJ71PB96F PROFIBUS/FMS master supports
up to 32 links and supports simple variables,
records and arrays.
Specifications
Module type
Protocol
A1SJ71PB96F
A1SJ71PB92D
Master
Master
EN50170, DIN19245T1+2
EN50170, DIN19245T3
Interface
type RS485
RS485
Communications mode
Topology
Logical token ring with subordinate Master/Slave procedure
Logical token ring with subordinate Master/Slave procedure
Bus
Bus
Modulation
Cabling
NRZ
NRZ
Shielded twisted-pair
Shielded twisted-pair
9.6 kbps
19.2 kbps
m
1200
1200, 4800 (3 repeaters)
93.75 kbps
187 kbps
500 kbps
1500 kbps
m
m
m
600
200
100
1000, 4000 (3 repeaters)
400, 1600 (3 repeaters)
200, 800 (3 repeaters)
Communica-
tions
distance
3 Mbps
6 Mbps
12 Mbps
m
—
100, 400 (3 repeaters)
Max. nodes
32, 62 (1 repeater), 92 (2 repeaters), 122 (3 repeaters)
32, 62 (1 repeater), 92 (2 repeaters), 126 (3 repeaters)
Repeaters per network
I/O points
Max. 3
32
Max. 3
32
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 560
560
kg 0.27
0.27
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 46421
63393
Order information
Accessories
Configuration software incl. configuration cable for A1SJ71PB92D, A1SJ71PB96F: MELSEC ProfiMap, art. no.: 102996
PROFIBUS plug connector for up to 12 Mbaud: ProfiConT, art. no 87035 (refer to page 82)
65
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
˾ PROFIBUS/DP Compact I/O Modules
Compact I/O modules for PROFIBUS/DP
A
Q
These PROFIBUS/DP I/O modules enable signal regis-
tration at the machine with relatively short cables.
The reduced cabling requirements and the ability
to activate individual machine components auto-
matically are among the great advantages of these
modules.
BASICS
Special features:
Ȝ I/Os and PROFIBUS/DP cable electrically isolated
from the internal circuitry
Ȝ Outputs protected with melt fuse
Ȝ Support for data transfer rates from 9 600 baud
to 12 Mbaud
Ȝ 3-pole sensor connection technology
Ȝ Removable terminal block with screw terminals
Ȝ Integrated switchable terminating resistors
Ȝ Rotary switch station number allocation
Ȝ Both DIN rail and screw mounting supported
Specifications
AJ95TB3-16D
AJ95TB2-16T
AJ95TB32-16DT
Controllable I/O points
I/Os in groups with
Occupied stations
Input data
16 Input points
16 Transistor outputs
8 Input points / 8 transistor outputs
16
1
8
1
8
1
Operating voltage range
Rated input voltage
V DC 19.2 – 26.4
24 V DC (7 mA)
—
19.6 – 26.4
—
24 V DC (7 mA)
voltage
Switch ON
V
≥14
mA ≥3.5
≤6
—
≥14
current
—
≥3.5
voltage
Switch OFF
V
—
≤6
current
mA ≤1.7
kΩ 3.3
—
≤1.7
Input resistance
Input type
—
3.3
Sink/souce
Source output
Sink/source input, source output
Output data
Output voltage
Max. output load
—
12/24 V DC (0.8 A/channel) (3.2 A/total)
0.8 A / output
—
0.8 A / output
OFF Ǟ ON
ON Ǟ OFF
ms ≤10 (input)
ms ≤10 (input)
—
≤2(output)
≤10 (input), ≤2(output)
≤10 (input), ≤2(output)
10.8 – 26.4 V DC
18, all I/Os ON, no load
500
Response
time
≤2(output)
External voltage supply
Externalpowerconsumption(24VDC)
Withstand strength
Isolation resistance
Common data
10.8 – 26.4 V DC
35, all I/Os ON, no load
500
mA
V AC 500
≥10 MΩ
—
≥10 MΩ
≥10 MΩ
Isolation
All modules fitted with photocoupler isolation between I/Os.
voltage
current
V DC 15.6 – 31.2
15.6 – 31.2
188 (24 V DC)
0.18 – 2
15.6 – 31.2
183 (24 V DC)
0.18 – 2
Power
consumption
mA 174 (24 V DC)
mm2 0.18 – 2
kg 0.45
Applicable wire size
Weight
0.45
0.45
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 197.4 x 80 x 46.5
197.4 x 80 x 46.5
197.4 x 80 x 46.5
Art. no. 63079
63080
63081
Order information
Accessories
PROFIBUS plug connector for up to 12 Mbaud: ProfiConT; art. no 87035 (refer to page 82)
66
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ PROFIBUS/DP MT Modules
Basic module (head station) of the MT series
A
SHI
TSUBI
ELECTRI
Q
The basic module connects the extension modules
of the MT series (MT = Modular Type) to the
MI
C
BASICS
3
2
2
1
1
5
0
7 6
PROFIBUS/DP. The MT devices are mounted to a DIN
rail. Due to the additional second interface on the
basic module the extension modules can be installed
in two rows.
8
3
5
0
7 6
8
NO
STN-
DP
PB-
The modules on the separate DIN rail are supplied
with data and the system voltage via an extension
cable and the local system extension module.
2
P1
-D
MT
C
LO
Special features:
Ȝ Up to 16 digital and 8 analog extension
modules can be connected.
Ȝ Automatic detection of the data transfer rate
Ȝ Optocouplers between interface and system
Ȝ Two selectable types of connecting terminals:
screw type and cache clamp terminals
UB
0V
PE
UB
0V
PE
UB
0V
PE
UB
Ȝ Supported installation in two rows through the
local extension MT-LE-SET to be connected to the
basic module.
0V
PE
Ȝ Up to 256 digital inputs/outputs per basic module
Specifications
MT-DP12
MT-DP12E
Module type
Basic module of the MT series, PROFIBUS/DP slave
Basic module of the MT series, PROFIBUS/DP slave
protocol
medium
DIN 19245-T3
EN50170, DIN 19245-T3
Commu-
nications
Shielded twisted-pair with 24AWG = 0.22 mm2, impedance: 100 – 130 Ω; Shielded twisted-pair with 24AWG = 0.22 mm2, impedance: 100 – 130 Ω;
Shielded twisted-pair with 22AWG = 0.34 mm2, impedance: 135 – 165 Ω
RS485
Shielded twisted-pair with 22AWG = 0.34 mm2, impedance: 135 – 165 Ω
RS485
Interface
Operation modes
Sync mode and freeze mode are supported
9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500 kBit/S, 1.5; 3; 6; 12 Mbit/s
4800 (3 repeater)
Sync mode and freeze mode are supported
9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500 kBit/S, 1.5; 3; 6; 12 Mbit/s
4800 (3 repeater)
Communications rate
Max. total distance
m
No. of connectable
extension modules
Max. 16 extension modules (digital and analog I/O modules)
Max. 4 extension modules (digital and analog I/O modules)
Adressable digital I/Os
I/O points
256
—
72
—
Integrated inputs
Digital inputs
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8
Isolation
Optocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal power.
Rated input current
24 V DC (18 – 30 V)
OFF ǞON
ms
ms
1
Response time
ON ǞOFF
1
Short circuit protection
Status display for inputs
Common data
Electronic
The module posseses of status LEDs for all inputs.
Applicable wire size
Power supply
mm2 0.75 – 2.5
V DC 24
0.75 – 2.5
24
Internal power consumption (24 V DC)
Weight
A
Max. 0.5 (with maximum configuration)
Max. 0.5 (with maximum configuration)
kg 0.28
0.35
Dimensions(WxHXD)
mm 96x114x60
96 x 114 x 60
Art.-Nr. 68887
124622
Order information
Accessories
Local system adapter MT-LE with extension cable MT-LE-CBL50
(length 0,5 m) = MT-LE-SET, art. no. 69759
Screw type terminal block MT-DP12-TBS, art. no. 68888
Cache clamp terminal block MT-DP12-TBC, art. no. 68889
PROFIBUS connector for up to 12 Mbaud: ProfiConT, art. no. 87035
(see page 82)
Screw type terminal block MT-DP12E-TBS, art. no.: 124624
Cache clamp terminal block MT-DP12E-TBC, art. no.: 124623
ROFIBUS connector for up to 12 Mbaud: ProfiConT, art. no. 87035
(see page 82)
67
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
˾ PROFIBUS/DP MT Modules
Digital input/mixed modules
A
Q
The digital input modules of the MT series facilitate
the evaluation of process data (contacts, limit
switches, etc.) via a PROFIBUS/DP master.
BASICS
-
X16
MT
C24V
X4
T D
PU
IN
+24V
X7
XF
X6
XE
X5
X3
X2
X1
X9
X0
X8
US
N
RU
Modules with 4, 8 and 16 inputs are supplied.
UI
XD
XC
XA XB
Beside the 4 inputs the mixed module MT-X4Y4T
consists of 4 transistor outputs.
16
-X
MT
Special features:
Ȝ For the 16-type modules potential terminal blocks
in three-wire technique are available.
Ȝ The driving power supplying the sensors and
actors (except relay output) is directly fed into
the module.
Ȝ Connection of the sensory circuits in three-wire
technique
Ȝ Standard potential isolation between process and
UI
0V
PE
UI
0V
PE
module
07
15
23
06
14
22
05
13
21
UI
04
12
20
UI
0V
PE
07
15
23
02
10
18
03
06
14
22
01
09
17
05
13
21
00
08
16
04
12
20
03
11
19
02
10
18
01
09
17
00
08
16
Ȝ Two selectable types of connecting terminals:
11
19
0V
PE
screw type and cache clamp terminals
Specifications
Inputs
MT-X8
8
MT-X16
16
MT-X4Y4T
4
Simultaneously ON inputs
Outputs
70 %
—
70 %
—
100 %
4
Output type
—
—
Transistor
4
Common terminal arrangement
Isolation
—
—
Optocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal power for all modules.
Input voltage (sensor supply)
Output voltage range
Output voltage (actor supply)
Max. switching voltage
Rated input current
24 V DC ( 25 %)
24 V DC ( 25 %)
24 V DC ( 25 %)
—
—
—
0.7
—
—
—
—
—
24V DC (-1 %)
—
24 V DC ( 25 %)
—
—
A
0.7
0.7
per output
Max. current
A
A
—
0.5
per group
—
4
Inrush current
—
—
Leakage current at OFF
—
< 50 µA
≤14
≤0.05
Electronic
OFF ǞON
Response time
ms ≤1
ms ≤1
≤1
≤1
Electronic
ON ǞOFF
Short circuit protection
Status display for inputs
Error indicator
Electronic
All modules have one or two status LEDs per input.
LED
8
LED
16
LED
8
I/O points
Connection terminal
All modules can be fitted with screw type or cache clamp terminal blocks (see accessories).
Applicable wire size
mm2 0.75 – 2.5
0.75 – 2.5
24 V DC (≤30 mA)
30
0.75 – 2.5
24 V DC (≤20 mA)
35
External sensor/actor supply
Internalpowerconsumption(8VDC)
Weight (without terminal block)
Dimensions(WxHxD)
24 V DC (≤30 mA)
mA 25
kg 0.16
0.17
0.22
mm 56x114x60
56 x 114 x 60
56 x 114 x 60
Art. no. 68893
68896
124625
Order information
MT-X16-TBS, no. 68897
MT-X16-TBC, no. 68898
MT-X16-PTBS, no. 69400
MT-X16-PTBC, no. 69397
Terminal MT-X8-TBS, no. 68894
MT-X4Y4T-TBS, no. 124626
MT-X4Y4T-TBC, no. 124627
Accessories*
MT-X8-TBC, no. 68895
blocks
* Descriptionoftheterminalblocks:TBS=screwtypeterminalblock, TBC=cacheclampterminalblock, PTBS=screwtypeterminalswithpotentialterminal, PTBC=cacheclampterminalswithpotentialterminal
68
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ PROFIBUS/DP MT Modules
Digital output modules
A
Q
The digital output modules of the MT series facilitate
the evaluation of process data (contacts, limit
switches, etc.) via a PROFIBUS/DP master.
BASICS
-
Y8T2
MT
+24V
2A
C24V
T D
OU
Y4
2A
C24V
T D
OU
Y7
Y6
Y5
Y3
Y2
Y1
Y0
US
ERR
Modules with 4, 8 and 16 inputs are supplied.
UI
The digital output modules supply different function
elements for the customisation to the required con-
trol functions.
2
8T
-Y
MT
Special features:
Ȝ For the 16-type modules potential terminal blocks
in three-wire technique are available.
Ȝ The output modules provide transistor outputs
rated at 0.5 A and 2 A, and relay outputs with up
to 3 A (AC).
Ȝ The driving power supplying the sensors and
actors (except relay output) is directly fed into
the module.
2
U0
1
U0
0V
PE
07
15
PE
06
14
PE
05
13
PE
04
12
PE
03
11
PE
02
10
PE
2
01
09
PE
1U0
00
08
PE
U0
0V
PE
07
15
PE
06
14
PE
05
13
04
12
PE
03
11
PE
02
10
PE
01
09
PE
00
08
PE
Ȝ Connection of the sensory circuits in three-wire
0V
PE
technique
0V
Ȝ Standard potential isolation between process and
PE
module
PE
Ȝ Two selectable types of connecting terminals:
screw type and cache clamp terminals
Specifications
Outputs
MT-Y8T
MT-Y16T
MT-Y8T2
MT-Y4R
MT-Y8R5
8
16
8
4
8
Output type
Transistor
8
Transistor
8
Transistor
4
Relay
1
Relay
1
Common terminal arrangement
Isolation
Optocoupler isolation between input and output terminals and internal power for all modules.
Output voltage range
Output voltage (actor supply)
Max. switching voltage
24V DC (-1 %)
24 V DC (-1 %)
24VDC(-0.5 %)
24 / 110 / 230 V DC, AC
24 / 110 / 230 V DC, AC
24 V DC ( 25 %)
24 V DC ( 25 %)
24 V DC ( 25 %)
—
—
—
250 V AC
250 V AC
at 24 V
at 110 V
at 220 V
A
—
—
—
2A(AC15)/1.3A(DC13)
5A(AC12)/3A(AC15)/1.0A(DC13)
Switching capacity
conf. EN60947/5/1
—
—
—
2A(AC15)/0.25A(DC13) 5A(AC12)/3A(AC15)/0.2A(DC13)
—
—
—
2A(AC15)/0.1A(DC13)
5A(AC12)/3A(AC15)/0.1A(DC13)
per output
Max. current
0,5
0,5
2
—
—
per group
A
4
4
4
—
—
Leakage current at OFF
<50 µA
ms ≤0.14
ms ≤0.05
<50µA
≤0.14
≤0.05
Electronic
6µA
≤0.3
≤0.08
Electronic
—
—
OFF ǞON
Response time
10ms
5 ms
—
10ms
5 ms
—
ON ǞOFF
Short circuit protection
Status display for outputs
Error indicator
Electronic
All modules have one or two status LEDs per output.
LED
8
LED
16
—
8
—
8
—
8
I/Opoints
Connection terminal
All modules can be fitted with screw type or cache clamp terminal blocks (see accessories).
Applicable wire size
mm2 0.75 – 2.5
0.75 – 2.5
24 V DC (≤20 mA)
60
0.75 – 2.5
24 V DC (≤20 mA)
35
0.75 – 2.5
24 V DC (≤20 mA)
Max. 45
0.75 – 2.5
External sensor/actor supply
Internalpowerconsumption(8VDC)
Weight (without terminal block)
Dimensions(WxHxD)
24 V DC (≤20 mA)
24 V DC (≤20 mA)
Max. 120
mA 35
kg 0.16
0.16
0.18
0.175
0.325
mm 56 x 114 x 60
56 x 114 x 60
56 x 114 x 60
56 x 114 x 60
112 x 114 x 60
Art. no. 68899
68902
68905
68908
124628
Order information
MT-Y16T-TBS, no. 68903
MT-Y16T-TBC, no. 68904
MT-Y16T-PTBS,no.69399
MT-Y16T-PTBC,no.69398
Terminal MT-Y8T-TBS, no. 68900
MT-Y8T-TBC, no. 68901
MT-Y8T2-TBS,no.68906
MT-Y8T2-TBC,no.68907
MT-Y4R-TBS, no 69401
MT-Y4R-TBC, no. 69402
MT-Y8R5-TBSLR, no. 125534
MT-Y8R5-TBCLR, no. 125533
Accessories*
blocks
* Descriptionoftheterminalblocks:TBS=screwtypeterminalblock, TBC=cacheclampterminalblock, PTBS=screwtypeterminalswithpotentialterminal, PTBC=cacheclampterminalswithpotentialterminal
69
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
˾ PROFIBUS/DP MT Modules
Analog input/output modules
A
Q
Analog input modules of the MT series convert
analog process data like pressure, temperature, etc.
into digital values that are sent to the PROFIBUS/DP
master.
BASICS
AV
4D
-
MT
0V
...1
T 0
OU
+24V
US
CH4
CH3
CH2
CH1
UO
The analog output modules convert the digital values
sent from the PROFIBUS/DP master into an analog
voltage signal. This signal can be used to control
valves, inverters, servomotors, etc.
V
DA
-4
MT
Special features:
Ȝ 4 separately parameterisable channels per module
Ȝ Voltage, current, and temperature evaluation
(MT-4AD) can be set via parameter.
Ȝ The driving power supplying the sensors and
actors is directly fed into the module.
Ȝ With the analog input module current, voltage, and
4-wire PT100 inputs can be operated in parallel
Ȝ Two selectable types of connecting terminals:
UO
0V
UO
0V
07
15
06
14
05
13
04
12
03
11
02
10
01
09
00
UO
0V
UO
0V
07
15
06
14
05
13
04
12
03
11
02
10
01
09
00
08
screw type and cache clamp terminals
08
Ȝ Standard potential isolation between process and
PE
PE
module
PE
PE
Specifications
Module type
MT-4AD
MT-4DA
MT-4DAV
Analog input module
4
Analog output module
4
Analog output module
4
No. of channels
-10V–+10V, -20mA–+20mA, 4–20mA,
-180 – +600 °C (PT100)
Analog input
—
—
—
—
Resolution of digital output
Resolution of digital input
Analogoutput
16 bits binary (incl. sign)
—
—
16 bits binary (incl. sign)
16 bits binary (incl. sign)
-10–+10V, 0–+20mA
0–10VDC
—
voltage
current
voltage
current
kΩ 176
—
Input
resistance
Ω
50
—
—
V
±15
—
—
Max. input
mA ±30
—
—
Max. output load
—
≥750 Ω
Digital input
≥750 Ω
Digital input
Analog input
Digital output
Analog output
Analog output
-10–+10V
-20–+20mA
4– 20mA
-4000 – +4000
-4000 – +4000
0 – +4000
I/O characteristics
Max. resolution
- 2000 – +2000
0 – 2000
-10–+10V
0–+20mA
0 – 4000
—
0 – 10 V
-180 – +600 °C
-1800 – +6000
2.5mV
5µA
5µV
10 µA
2.5mV
4µA
0.125 °C
±50 mV (-10 – +10 V)
±80 µA(-20–+20mA)
±76 µA(4–20mA)
Overall accuracy in % of the
measurement range
—
—
±30 mV (0 – +10 V)
±4.2 °C (-180 – +600 °C)
Max. conversion time
Isolation
50 ms/channel
1 ms/4 channels
1 ms/channel
Optocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal power
All modules can be fitted with screw type or cache clamp terminal blocks (see accessories).
Connection terminal
External sensor/actor supply
Applicable wire size
24 V DC (≤50 mA)
mm2 0.75 – 1,5
24 V DC (≤50 mA)
24 V DC (≤120 mA)
0.75 – 1,5
60
0.75 – 1,5
Internal power consumption (8 V DC)
Weight
mA 80
kg 0.225
0.225
0.22
Dimensions(WxHXD)
mm 76x114x60
56 x 114 x 60
76 x 114 x 60
Art. no. 68909
124643
68912
Order information
Accessories
Terminal Screw type terminal block MT-4AD-TBS, no. 68910 ScrewtypeterminalblockMT-4DA-TBS, no. 124645 Screwtypeterminal block MT-4DAV-TBS, no. 68913
CacheclampterminalblockMT-4AD-TBC, no. 68911 CacheclampterminalblockMT-4DA-TBC,no.124644 Cache clamp terminal blockMT-4DAV-TBC,no.68914
blocks
70
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ PROFIBUS/DP MC Modules
Digital input, output, and combined
modules acc. to IP67
A
Q
BASICS
The digital I/O modules of the MC series support the
evaluation of process signals (contacts, limit switches,
etc.) directly on the machine via a PROFIBUS/DP
master. The sensors and actuators are connected via
plug-type/screw terminals.
3
7
DI
2
6
DI
DI
DI
1
DI
5
DI
0
DI
4
DI
Different modules with 16 inputs max. and 8 outputs
max. as well as a combined I/O module with 8 inputs
and 4 outputs are available.
D03
D01
D02
D00
Special features:
Ȝ The driving power for the sensors and actuators is
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Y4
X8
P
D
MC-
supplied directly on the module.
I/O
INT
RN
OUT
IN
Ȝ Connection of the sensory circuits in 3-wire
cabling.
Ȝ Standard electrical isolation between process and
control via optocoupler.
Ȝ Overload and short-circuit protection.
Specifications
Inputs
MC-DPX8
MC-DPX16
MC-DPY8
—
MC-DPX8Y4
8
16
8
Outputs
—
—
—
—
8
4
Output type
Transistor
Transistor
Isolation
Optocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal power
Input voltage (sensor supply)
Rated output voltage
Output voltage (actor supply)
Max. switching voltage
Max. input current
24 V DC ( 25 %)
24 V DC ( 25 %)
24 V DC ( 25 %)
24 V DC ( 25 %)
—
—
24V DC (-1 %)
24V DC (-1 %)
—
—
24 V DC ( 25 %)
24 V DC ( 25 %)
A
A
A
A
—
—
2
2
< 0.1
—
<0.1
—
—
<0.1
per output
Max. current
2
2
per group
—
—
10 at 0–55 °C, 16 at 0–40 °C
10 bei 0–55 °C, 16 bei 0–40 °C
Leakage current at OFF
—
—
<10 µA
0.5
<10µA
0.5
OFF ǞON
Response time
ms
ms
1
1
ON ǞOFF
1
1
0.5
0.5
Short circuit protection
Status display for outputs
Error indicator
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Elektronisch
All modules have one status LEDs per output.
LED
8
LED
16
LED
8
I/O points
16
Connection terminal
All modules can be fitted with screw type or cache clamp terminal blocks.
Applicable wire size
mm2 0.75 – 2.5
0.75 – 2.5
24 V DC (≤100 mA)
80
0.75 – 2.5
24 V DC (≤100 mA)
80
External sensor/actor supply
Internal power consumption (8 V DC)
Weight (without termninal block)
Dimensions(WxHxD)
24 V DC (≤100 mA)
mA 80
24 V DC (≤100 mA)
80
kg 0.47
0.47
0.47
0.47
mm 62x217.5x70.5
62x217.5x70.5
62x217.5x70.5
62x217.5x70.5
Art.-Nr. 127208
127211
127209
127210
Order information
71
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
DeviceNet Network
Data Communications
A
Daisy Chain
Q
The DeviceNet represents a cost-effective
solution for the network integration of
low-level terminal equipment.
BASICS
Frequency inverter
AnS/QnAS
with
master DN91
I/O Modules
e.g. from third party manufacturers
Up to 64 devices including a master can
be integrated in one network.
Structure
Due to the supported tree structure of the
data line, a T-junction can be installed in
any place. It has to be considered that the
overall extension must not exceed 500 m.
Using repeaters increases the overall
extension to 3 km.
Trunk Line / Drop Line
AnS/QnAS
Frequency inverter
I/O Modules
e.g. from third party manufacturers
with
master DN91
Cable types
For the data exchange a cable with two
shielded twisted-pair cables is used.
Parameterization
Parameterization is done with the configu-
ration software SyCon from Ver. 2.0.6.2 by
the Hilscher company.
Communications
The bus accessing method CSMA/NDA
ensures an extremely fast and efficient
access of the link devices to the bus.
Cabel
Thick Cable
mm 12.2
Thin Cable
Based on the Producer/Consumer network
model this method ensures greater
determinism of all data.
Outline diameter
6.9
Inside wire for data
(blue / white)
18AWG19x30
zinc plated
24AWG19x36
zinc plated
Inside wire for power supply
(red / black)
15AWG19x28
zinc plated
22AWG19x34
zinc plated
The slave modules communicate via the
following methods:
Ȝ Polling
Ȝ Bit strobe
Ȝ Change of state
Ȝ Cyclic
Trunkline
Yes
Yes
Dropline
Yes
Yes
Max. distance
Max. distance incl. Repeater
m
m
500
3000
500
3000
Information at a size of 8 bytes per data
packet can be transmitted. Packets
exceeding these 8 bytes are fragmented
automatically.
72
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ DeviceNet Master Module
CAN based network for low level terminals
A
Q
The DeviceNet represents a cost-effective solution
for the network integration of low-level terminal
BASICS
1SJ71DN91
A
equipment. Up to 64 devices including a master can
be integrated in one network.
RUN
RUN
L.
MS
NS
A A
Special features:
Ȝ Up to 64 devices including a master station can
et
viceN
De
be configured within one network.
Ȝ The positions of master and slave stations are
user-selectable.
Ȝ Transfer rates of 125, 250 and 500 kBaud.
Ȝ Distances of up to 500 m.
Ȝ Communication methods
½ Polling
½ Bit strobe
½ Change of state
C
-232-
RS
½ Cyclic
A1SJ71DN91
Specifications
A1SJ71DN91
Module type
Master
Applicable PLC series
Nodes per network
Stations per network
Max. number of slave stations
MELSEC AnS/QnAS series
Group 2 Client
0 up to 63
63
Communi-
cations
volume
I/O communication
Message communication
2048 adresses (256 bytes)
240 bytes
500 m 125 kBaud
Communica- Cabel
tion speed length
250 m 250 kBaud
100 m 500 kBaud
mA 26.5
Network power consumption
I/O points
32
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 240
kg 0.23
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 130x34.5x93.6
Art.-No. 124373
Order information
Accessories
Configuration software SyCon from Fa. Hilscher
73
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
The Network with Actuator Sensor Interface
Data transfer
A
Q
The AS interface is an international
standard for the lowest field bus level.
BASICS
The network suits versatile demands, is
very flexible and particularly easy to
install.
AnS/QnAS
Controlled are
Ȝ Sensors
Ȝ Actors
Ȝ I/O units
Ȝ Gateways
Slaves
Slaves
Structure
ASI networks can be configured in any
random tree structure.
Up to 2 repeaters are supported providing
a maximum communication distance of
300 m. Terminating resistors are not
needed.
Slaves
Cable types
A special coded 2-wire cable or a round
cable is required.
When using a flat cable the modules are
connected to the cable via push-through
connections while the coding ensures a
reverse protection.
Specifications
AS interface
Network management
Cabling
Master/Slave
Coded twisted-pair cable (unshielded)
kBit/s 167
Data exchange
Data transfer rate
Bus cycle time
The AS interface supports the connection
of conventional sensors and actors follow-
ing the master-slave principle.
≤5ms
Max. overall distance
Slave units per master
Repeaters per network
m
100 (300 with Repeater)
31
2
Administration
The I/O points are assigned electronically
through the bus connection or through
the PLC program of the AnS/QnAS
controller.
74
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ AS Interface Module A1SJ71AS92
AS Interface master for AnS-/QnAS-CPUs
A
Q
The A1SJ71AS92 serves as master module for the
connection of the AnS/QnAS series to the AS Interface
BASICS
1SJ71AS92
A
system.
N
RU
ASI
U
The A1SJ71AS92 can control up to 62 slave units
(31 per channel) with up to 4 inputs and 4 outputs
each per address. The addresses of the slave devices
across the AS Interface are assigned automatically by
the master.
ERR.
MODE
SET
Special features:
Ȝ Up to 62 slave units can be configured across two
networks.
1+
ASI
Ȝ Up to 496 digital inputs/outputs can be driven via
1+
ASI
1-
ASI
1-
the master.
ASI
2+
ASI
Ȝ Communications via AS-I conform coded flat
2+
ASI
2-
ASI
cable or round cable
Ȝ Highly efficient error securing system
Ȝ Automatic data exchange with the PLC
2-
ASI
A
1SJ71AS92
Specifications
Module type
A1SJ71AS92
Master
Application range
MELSEC AnS/QnAS series
31 x 2
Max. number of slave stations
to be controlled
Assignable I/O points
Data transfer rate
I/O refresh time
Max. 2 x124 inputs, 2 x 124 outputs
167 kBaud
Max. 5 ms
Communications method
Error handling
APM modulation
Parity check
method
Transmission
Bus
distance
100 m (300 m with repeater)
Acc. to IEC62026-2 (yellow cable), round cable
32
ASI network cable
Assigned I/O points
External power supply
Power consumption
Weight
ASI power supply (30.5 V DC)
mA 100
kg 0.3
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 130x34.5x93.6
Art. no. 129936
Order information
Accessories
External AS-I power supply: ASI-PS-2.8, art. no.: 130259
75
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Pulse Catch Module
˾ MELSEC AnS Pulse Catch Module
Digital pulse catch
A
Q
The A1SP60 is a digital input module capable of
detecting narrow pulses independently of the
program cycle time.
BASICS
1SP60
A
1SP60
A
8
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
B
C
D
E
F
Special features:
Ȝ Possibility of working with pulse function or with
0
1
2
1
3
5
2
4
normal input function
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
4
Ȝ In the case of the pulse function, it is ensured that
a signal applied at the input (>0.5 ms)
is caught.
Ȝ By means of DIP switches, it is possible to specify,
in groups of 4 input points, whether they are used
as normal input points or with pulse catch.
Ȝ Galvanic isolation between process and
controller by means of an photocoupler is a
standard feature
5
6
6
7
7
CO
M
8
8
9
9
B
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
A
C
D
E
F
M
CO
DC
NC
NC
A
7m
24V
DC
A1SP60
Specifications
Input points
A1SP60
16
Rated input voltage
V DC 24
Operating voltage range
V DC 19.2 – 26.4
100 %
Max. input points simultaneous ON
resistance
kΩ ca. 3.3
mA ca. DC 7
Input
current
voltage
Switch ON
V
≥DC 13
mA ≥DC 3.5
≤DC 6.5
current
voltage
Switch OFF
V
current
mA ≤DC 1.7
ms ≤0.5
ms ≤1.0
ms 0.5
OFF ǞON
ON ǞOFF
Response
time
Min. input pulse width
Status display of inputs
Isolation
LED
All modules fitted with photocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal circuit.
No. of occupied I/O points
Connection terminal
Applicable wire size
16
The module is fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
mm2 0.75 – 1.5
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 55
kg 0.19
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 33197
Order information
76
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Interrupt Module
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
˾ MELSEC AnS Interrupt Module
Branching to subroutines
A
Q
The A1SI61 is suitable for applications in which it is
necessary to respond very rapidly to events.
BASICS
1SI61
A
1SI61
A
8
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
9
1
A
2
B
3
C
4
D
5
E
6
F
7
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
Special features:
Ȝ Every input in this module is assigned a pointer
0
which serves as a branch mark for a subroutine.
1
2
1
3
5
2
4
Ȝ If an interrupt/alarm signal is applied at an input,
the PLC program is interrupted after it has worked
through the current statement and a subroutine
assigned to the input is first processed.
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
4
5
6
6
7
7
CO
M
8
Ȝ Galvanic isolation between process and
controller by means of an photocoupler is a
standard feature
8
9
9
B
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
A
C
Ȝ Only one A1SI61 can be installed to one PLC
D
E
system
F
M
CO
+
NC
NC
A
4m
12V
24V
DC
DC
A
8m
61
A1SI
Specifications
A1SI61
16
Input points
Rated input voltage
Operating voltage range
Max. input points simultaneous ON
V DC 12 / 24
V DC 10.2 – 26.4
100 %
resistance
kΩ ca. 2.7
mA ca. DC 4 / 8
Input
current
voltage
V
≥DC 9
mA ≥DC 3
≤DC 4
ON
current
voltage
V
OFF
current
mA ≤DC 1
msec ≤0.2
msec ≤0.2
LED
OFF ǞON
ON ǞOFF
Response
time
Status display of inputs
Isolation method
All modules fitted with photocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal circuit.
No. of occupied I/O points
Connection terminal
Applicable wire size
32
The module is fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
mm2 0.75 – 1.5
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
mA 57 (all points ON)
kg 0.2
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art.no. 33195
Order information
77
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
ACCESSORIES
Dummy Modules
˾ MELSEC AnS Dummy Modules
Place keeper and mechanical protection
A
Q
The dummy modules protect unused slots on
the base unit from foreign bodies and reserve
I/O addresses.
BASICS
1SG62
A
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
Special features:
Ȝ The A1SG62 has 16 simulation switches by
means of which digital inputs can be set and
reset.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Ȝ Indication of the status of the inputs/outputs by
means of LEDs.
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
NT
POI
DUMMY
1
SW
2
SW
NG
SETTI
O N
1
SW
16
2
SW
1
SW
32
48
64
2
SW
1
SW
2
SW
1
SW
2
SW
62
SG
A1
Specifications
I/O points
A1SG60
A1SG62
16
Max. 64 (16, 32, 48 or 64 can be selected by DIP-switches)
Application
Used to protect any vacant slot from dust.
—
Used to reserve I/O points for a later to install I/O module.
Current consumption
Weight
mA
kg 0.08
60
0.13
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 26596
30030
Order information
78
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Cables, Converters
ACCESSORIES
˾ Connection Cable
Connection cable for subracks
A
The connection cables A1SC01B, A1SC03B,
A1SCO12B and A1SC30B are used for con-
necting main base units to the extension
base units. They have been cut to the cor-
rect length for each application.
The A1SC05NB cable is used for con-
necting MELSEC A series extension base
units to AnS/QnAS series main base units.
Q
BASICS
Connection of a base unit of the AnS/QnAS
series to an A870GOT operator panel is also
possible.
Specifications
For extension base units
Length
A1SC01B
A1SC03B
A1SC12B
A1SC30B
A1SC60B
A1SC05NB
MELSEC A
MELSEC
AnS/QnAS
MELSEC
AnS/QnAS
MELSEC
AnS/QnAS
MELSEC
AnS/QnAS
MELSEC
AnS/QnAS
to AnS/QnAS,
AnS/QnAS
type
to A870GOT
mm 55
330
1200
3000
6000
450
OhmicresistanceR
of the cable
Ω
0.020
0.021
0.055
0.121
0.182
0.037
Art. no. 24979
24980
24981
24982
68294
24983
Order information
˾ Adapter Cable
Assembled cable with D-SUB plug
The cable A32CBL is used for connecting
the modules AX82 and AY82 of the
MELSEC A series and the modules A1SX81
and A1SY81 of the MELSEC AnS series.
Specifications
A32CBL
A32CBL-5m
AX82, AY82 (MELSEC A),
AX82, AY82 (MELSEC A),
Connection cable for
type
m
A1SX81, A1SY81 (MELSEC AnS)
A1SX81, A1SY81 (MELSEC AnS)
Inputs/outputs
Length
32
3
32
5
Art. no. 3895
56052
Order information
˾ Interface Converter CR01-R2/R4 SET and CR01-R4/R4
This module is a signal amplifier with
photocoupler isolation for RS422 signals.
It is used to connect a PLC with external
deviceslikeoperationpanelsorapersonal
computer, especially when a potential
isolation is required and when the wiring
length takes more than 15 meters.
Specifications
CR01-R4/R4
CR01-R2/R4 SET
Interface converter
RS422 ↔ RS422
RS422 ↔RS232
Art. no. 56173
56172
Order information
79
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
ACCESSORIES
Memory Medias
˾ MELSEC AnS Memory Cassettes
MELSEC AnS memory cassettes
A
The AnSCPUs all have a permanently
installed RAM with 8 k, 14 k, 30 k or 60 k
steps. EPROM and EEPROM memory cas-
settes are available for permanent storage.
The EPROMs are programmed via the
A6WA-28P (A1SNMCA-8KP) or A2SWA-28P
(A2SNMCA-KP) with the aid of MELSEC
MEDOC plus.
Q
BASICS
A1SNMCA- A1SNMCA- A1SNMCA- A2SMCA- A2SNMCA- A2SMCA- A2SMCA-
Specifications
E
K
2KE
type EEPROM
A1SH
8KE
8KP
EPROM
A1SH
20
14KP
EPROM
A2SH
32
30KE
EEPROM
A2SH
64
30KP
EPROM
A2AS
64
60KE
EPROM
A2AS
128
-2
Memory cassette
For CPU type
EEPROM
A1SH
20
A
S
C
kbyte
8
Memory capacity
instructions 2k
8k
8k
14k
30k
30k
60k
Art.no. 68835
68834
68832
38066
68831
54922
68000
Order information
˾ MELSEC AnS Adapter Units
EPROM write adapter
The write adapters A2 SWA-28P and
A6 WA-28P are used for writing on the
memory cassettes A2S(N)MCA-KP and
A1SMCA- of the MELSEC AnS series.
Specifications
A2 SWA-28P
A6 WA-28P
For memory cassettes
type A2SMCA-14KP/30KP
A1SMCA-8KP
Art. no. 38069
24987
Order information
˾ MELSEC QnAS Memory Cards
MELSEC QnAS memory cards
The QnASCPUs all have a permanently
installed RAM. This memory can be
extended with a variety of PCMCIA-
memory cards.
The combination cards (with two memory
types) have a non-volatile EEPROM mem-
ory which is programmable by MELSEC
MEDOC plus.
ERT
INS
HI
S
TSUBI
MI
ARD
SRAM
C
Q1MEM-
Q1MEM-
2MS
Q1MEM-
256SE
Q1MEM-
512SE
Q1MEM-
1MSE
LOCK
Specifications
1MS
Memory
type Card
Card
Card
Card
Card
128 kB SRAM, 256 kB SRAM, 512 kB SRAM,
128 kB EEPROM 256 kB EEPROM 512 kB EEPROM
Memory capacity
1 MB SRAM
2 MB SRAM
Art.no. 64197
64196
64193
64204
68031
Order information
80
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Battery, Fuses, Cover
ACCESSORIES
˾ Battery A6BAT
The A6BAT lithium cell battery is already
installed in every MELSEC A series
memory cassette.
switched off or in the event of power
failures. It has a service life of around five
years.
A
Q
BASICS
The battery protects the data in the
cassette RAM when the power supply is
Specifications
A6BAT
V DC 3,6
Voltage
Backup time
during power failure
A3NMCA-0 : 10800 h
A3NMCA-40: 1400 h
Dimensions (Ø x H)
mm Ø16 x 30
Art. no 4077
Order information
˾ Fuses
The output modules A1SY22, A1SY80 and
A1SY81 are equipped with dedicated fuses
for device protection.
Specifications
For module
Rating
HM50C
A1SY22
5A
LM50
A1SX80
5A
LM32
A1SY81
3.2A
Type
Solder fuse
Plug fuse
Plug fuse
Art. no 38361
32301
32303
Order information
˾ Dust Cover
If I/O devices are mounted on an extension
base unit, then the first module on the
extension base unit should be equipped
with a dust cover.
Specifications
Material
Dust Cover
Plastics
Dimensions (W x H)
mm 44 x 129
Art. no. 32299
Order information
81
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
ACCESSORIES
Network Accessories
˾ Local System Extension Set for the MT Series
For the extension of the MT series to a
Specifications
Application
MT-LE-SET
A
second connecting level the local system
extension MT-LE and the connecting cable
MT-LE-CBL50 are required.
MT series
Q
BASICS
Cable length
m
0.5
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 22.5 x 97 x 36
The extension and the cable are available
only as complete set, which is called
MT-LE-SET.
Art.no. 69759
Order information
˾ ProfiConT Profibus Connector
The ProfiCon bus connector plug is designed
for connecting DIN 19245 standard Profibus
components with data transfer rates of up to
12 Mbaud.
Specifications
Data rate 12 Mbit/s
Terminator
ProfiConT
supported
o n
Yes (selectable)
o f i C
P r
The connector is available with a selectable
termination resistor.
Art. no. 87035
Order information
82
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Terminal Assignments
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Power Supply Modules
A1S61PN
POWER
A
Q
BASICS
MITSUBISHI
INPUT
OUTPUT
5VDC 5A
100-240VAC
105VA
50/60Hz
A1S62PN
A1S63P
A1S61PN
NC
NC
+24V
24G
FG
(FG)
(FG)
(LG)
(LG)
LG
+24G
INPUT
24G
INPUT
100-240VAC
INPUT
100-240VAC
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Digital Input Modules
A1SX10EU
120VAC 7mA
50/60 Hz
V9
A1SX10EU
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Digital Output Modules
A1SY28EU
A1SY18AEU
120/240VAC 7mA
0.6A
D
A1SY28EU
A1SY18AEU
83
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
Terminal Assignments
˾ MELSEC AnS Analog Input/Output Modules
RUN
OFFSET
A
Q
BASICS
GAIN
V+
COM
I+
C
H
1
R
V+
C
H
2
COM
I+
V+ I+
V- I-
SLD
V+ I+
V- I-
V+ I+
V- I-
SLD
V+ I+
V- I-
AG
C
H
3
C
H
4
C
H
5
C
H
6
(FG)
INPUT
24VDC
D/A A/D
0~±±0ꢀV
0~20ꢀmA
4
R
3
2
˾ MELSEC AnS Counter, Timer and Positioning Modules
A
1ST60
Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
X0
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
TIM. SET
SET UP
ON
OFF
T0
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
A1ST60
84
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Terminal Assignments
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Interface Modules
A1SJ71UC24-R2
A1SJ71UC24-R4
A1SJ71UC24-R2-S2
A1SJ71UC24-R4-S2
A
1SJ71QC24-R2
RUN
A
1SJ71QC24
RUN
ERROR
ERROR
ERR. C.R/W
SW.E. ERR.
NEU C/N
ACK P/S
NAK PRO
ERR. C.R/W
SW.E. ERR.
NEU C/N
ACK P/S
NAK PRO
A
C/N
P/S
NEU
ACK
C/N
P/S
NEU
ACK
Q
PRO NAK
PRO NAK
SD.W.
SD
SD.W.
SD
SIO SD.W.
SIO
SIO SD.W.
SIO
BASICS
SD
RD
SD
RD
RD
RD
CH±
CH2
CH±
CH2
DISPLAY
DISPLAY
A C
X±
C C
X±
STS
ERR
STS
ERR
X±0
5
X±0
5
5
5
STATION NO.
STATION NO.
0
0
0
0
CH±
8
CH2
8
CH±
8
CH2
8
MODE
CH±/2
MODE
CH±/2
0
0
0
0
±
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
±
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
±0
±±
±2
±0
±±
±2
SW
SW
ON
ON
CH2 RS-422/485
CH±
RS-232-C
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
SG
FG
NC
CH2
A1SJ71UC24-R2
A1SJ71UC24-R4
A1SJ71UC24-R2-S2
A1SJ71UC24-R4-S2
RS-232-C
A±SJ7±QC24-R2
CH± RS-232-C
A±SJ7±QC24
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Communications Modules
A1SD51S-BAL
A1SD51S-BAL
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Communications Modules for Ethernet and MELSECNE4T Networks
A
1SJ71E71-B2-S3
UN
A1SJ71QBR11
A
1SJ71E71-B5-S3
A
1SJ71QE71-B5
A
1SJ71LP21
A
1SJ71QE71-B2
RUN
PW
CRC
OVER
AB.IF
TIME
DATA
UNDER
SD
E
RUN
RDY
BSY
B±
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
RAM CHK
RAM ERR.
ROM CHK
ROM ERR.
S.C.
RUN
RDY
BSY
B±
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
CPU R/W
TRAN. S
TRAN. R
FTP
RUN
RDY
BSY
B±
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
CPU R/W
TRAN. S
TRAN. R
FTP
MNG
PC
R
R
O
R
S.MNG REM.
SW.E.
RDY
D.LINK M/S.E.
T.PAS. PRM E.
SW ERR.
COM.ERR.
TEST
SW ERR.
COM.ERR.
TEST
S.C.ERR
COM.ERR:
FROM/TO
F.E.
R.E.
TEST ERR.
TEST ERR.
CPU R/W
RD
A F
A E
ON OFF
OFF ON
OFF ON
NETWORK
NO.
X±00
DISPLAY
C
SW±
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW±
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
SW±
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
L
R
4
(F.L.) (R.L.)
X±0
X±
MODE
MODE
MODE
0:ONLINE
±:ONLINE
2:TEST±
3:TEST2
4:TEST3
0:ONLINE
±:ONLINE
2:TEST±
3:TEST2
4:TEST3
5:TEST4
0:ONLINE
±:ONLINE
2:TEST±
3:TEST2
4:TEST3
5:TEST4
AUI
SW OFF
ON
REM
±
2
PC
N.ST MNG
D.S.M P.S.M
GR.NO.
3
4
5
6
7
8
PRM D.PRM
ST. SIZE
8,±6,32,64
LB/LW SIZE
2, 4, 6, 8K
ST.NO.
X±0
X±
OFF ON
SW
±0BASE
±
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C
MODE
MODE
4
0:ONLINE(A.R)
2:OFFLINE
FRONT SIDE
INPUT
±2VDC
+±2 +±2V
±2G ±2G
IN
FG
FG
OUT
±OBASE2
(FG)
A1SJ71QBR11
A1SJ71E71-B2-S3
A1SJ71QE71-B2
A1SJ71E71-B5-S3
A±SJ7±QE7±-B5
A±SJ7±QLP2±
85
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
Terminal Assignments
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Communications Modules for MELSECNET Networks
A
1SJ71QLP21
A
1SJ72QLP25
A
1SJ72QBR-15
E
R
R
O
R
E
RUN
PW
CRC
RUN
PW
CRC
RUN
PW
CRC
OVER
AB.IF
TIME
DATA
UNDER
SD
E
OVER
AB.IF
TIME
DATA
UNDER
SD
OVER
AB.IF
TIME
DATA
UNDER
SD
MNG
PC
R
R
O
R
R
R
O
R
HOLD
HOLD
RMT.E.
S.MNG REM.
SW.E.
A
DUAL RMT.E.
D.LINK SW.E.
T.PASS ST.E.
WAIT PRM.E
D.LINK SW.E.
T.PASS ST.E.
WAIT PRM.
Q
D.LINK M/S.E.
T.PAS. PRM E.
BASICS
F.E.
R.E.
F.E.
R.E.
RD
RD
CPU R/W
RD
A B
DISPLAY
DISPLAY
L
R
L
R
RESET
NETWORK
NO.
X±00
RESET
DISPLAY
(F.L.) (R.L.)
STATION
STATION
L
R
Setting
SW
±
SW
Setting
NO.
NO.
SW
SW
±
OFF ON
QnA
OFF ON
(F.L.) (R.L.)
±
X±0
X±0
A
QnA
A
±
2
3
4
5
X±0
X±
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
2
3
OFF
OFF
4
SW OFF
ON
REM
X±
X±
5
±
2
PC
N.ST MNG
OFF ON
OFF ON
D.S.M P.S.M
C
C
GR.NO.
3
4
5
6
7
8
PRM D.PRM
ST. SIZE
8,±6,32,64
LB/LW SIZE
2, 4, 6, 8K
MODE
MODE
4
4
ST.NO.
X±0
MODE
MODE
0:ONLINE(A.R.)
2:OFFLINE
0:ONLINE(A.R.)
2:OFFLINE
X±
OFF ON
SW
±
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C
MODE
4
MODE
0:ONLINE(A.R)
2:OFFLINE
FRONT SIDE
FRONT SIDE
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
A1SJ72QBR-15
A±SJ7±QLP2±
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Communications Modules for I/O-Link, Profibus, CC-Link, DeviceNet and AS Interface
A1SJ71PB96F
A1SJ71PB92D
A
1SJ61BT11
RUN
ERR.
A
1SJ61QBT11
RUN
ERR.
A±SJ7±AS92
A1SJ71DN91
SW
M/S
PRM
TIME
LINE
E
R
R
O
R
SW
M/S
PRM
TIME
LINE
E
R
R
O
R
RUN
U ASI
ERR.
RUN
L. RUN
MS
MST
MST
S MST
LOCAL
CPU R/W
L RUN
L ERR.
S MST
LOCAL
CPU R/W
L RUN
L ERR.
NS
SD
RD
SD
RD
STATION NO. MODE
STATION NO. MODE
A A
X
X
10
10
MODE
SET
DeviceNet
OFF
M/L
ON
OFF
M/L
ON
X
1
X
1
S
MST
S
MST
CLEAR HOLD
CLEAR HOLD
1
4
1
4
B RATE
B RATE
0
1
2
3
4
0
1
2
3
4
156K
625K
2.5M
5M
156K
625K
2.5M
5M
10M
10M
ASI1+
NC
NC
ASI1+
ASI1-
ASI1-
ASI2+
ASI2+
ASI2-
ASI2-
DA
DA
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
DB
DB
DG
SLD
DG
SLD
RS-232-C
(FG)
(FG)
A±SJ7±DN9±
A1SJ71PB96F
A1SJ71PB92D
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Pulse Catch and Interrupt Modules, Co-Processor module
SPAC20
X
Y
RUN
0
1
2
3
4
5
WDT
BOOT
SD/RD
FROM/TO
BATT L
PS L
R
FG +24
FG
0V
MB
RUN
STOP
RESET
+24 +A00
D00 -A00
D01
0V
+A01
-A01
+24 +A02
-A02
D02
D03 +A03
0V -A03
+24
SV0
SELECT
D04
+AI0
D05
1
-AI0
WD TIME
0V
2
3
4
5
6
AG0
WDR OFF
NO BUS
W. START
NO I/O
+DI0 SV1
-DI0 +AI1
+DI1 -AI1
-DI1 AG1
+DI2 SV2
-DI2 +AI2
+DI3 -AI2
-DI3 AG2
+DI4 SV3
ON
RS-232C
SPAC20
-DI4
+AI3
+DI5 -AI3
-DI5
AG3
B
A
B
A
86
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Terminal Assignments
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
˾ MELSEC I/O Link Decentralised Digital Input/Output Modules
AJ55TB3-4D
1
3
5
7
9
11
X1
12
13
X2
14
15
X3
A
DATA FG +24V
I/024A X0
10
I/024B COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB
Q
2
4
6
8
16
BASICS
DG 24G
AJ55TB32-4DR
1
3
5
7
9
11
X1
12
I/024B COMB COMA COM1 COM1 COM2
13
Y0
14
15
Y1
16
DATA FG +24V
I/024A X0
10
2
4
6
8
DG 24G
AJ55TB2-4R
1
3
5
7
9
11
Y1
12
I/024G COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM2
13
Y2
14
15
Y3
16
DATA FG +24V
I/024V Y0
10
2
4
6
8
DG 24G
AJ55TB3-8D
1
3
5
7
9
11
X1
12
I/024B COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB
13
X2
14
15
X3
16
17
X4
18
19
X5
20
21
X6
22
23
X7
24
DATA FG +24V
I/024A X0
10
2
4
6
8
DG 24G
AJ55TB32-8DR
1
3
5
7
9
11
X1
12
I/024B COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COM1 COM1 COM1 COM2
13
X2
14
15
X3
16
17
Y0
18
19
Y1
20
21
Y2
22
23
Y3
24
DATA FG +24V
I/024A X0
10
2
4
6
8
DG 24G
AJ55TB2-8R
1
3
5
7
9
11
Y1
12
I/024G COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM2
13
Y2
14
15
Y3
16
17
Y4
18
19
Y5
20
21
Y6
22
23
Y7
24
DATA FG +24V
I/024V Y0
10
2
4
6
8
DG 24G
AJ55TB3-16D
1
3
5
7
9
11
X1
12
I/024B COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB
13
X2
14
15
X3
16
17
X4
18
19
X5
20
21
X6
22
23
X7
24
25
X8
26
27
X9
28
29
XA XB
30 32
31
33
XC
34
35
XD
36
37
XE
38
39
XF
40
DATA FG +24V
I/024A X0
10
2
4
6
8
DG 24G
AJ55TB32-16DR
1
3
5
7
9
11
X1
12
I/024B COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM2
13
X2
14
15
X3
16
17
X4
18
19
X5
20
21
X6
22
23
X7
24
25
Y0
26
27
Y1
28
29
Y2
30
31
Y3
32
33
Y4
34
35
Y5
36
37
Y6
38
39
Y7
40
DATA FG +24V
I/024A X0
10
2
4
6
8
DG 24G
AJ55TB2-16R
1
3
5
7
9
11
Y1
12
I/024G COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM2 COM3 COM3 COM3 COM3 COM3 COM3 COM3 COM4
13
Y2
14
15
Y3
16
17
Y4
18
19
Y5
20
21
Y6
22
23
Y7
24
27
Y9
28
29
YA
30
31
YB
32
33
YC
34
35
YD
36
37
YE
38
39
YF
40
25
Y8
26
DATA FG +24V
I/024V Y0
10
2
4
6
8
DG 24G
87
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
Terminal Assignments
˾ CC-Link Decentralised Digital Input/Output Modules
B RATE
MITSUBISHI
AJ65BTB1-16D
0
1
2
3
A
4
Q
PW L RUN SD RD L ERR.
STATION NO.
X10
BASICS
X1
0
0
1
9
1
2
3
4
2
8
3
7
0
±
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
4
6
6
5
5
AJ65BTB1-16DT
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
X5
14
X6 COM1+ Y8
15
X7
16
17
NC
18
19
21
YB
22
YC
23
YD
24
YE COM2+
25
27
CLT2+
DA
DG
+24V
24G
24G
24G
24XG1
10
X2
X3
Y3
Y9
XF
2
4
6
8
8
12
X4
20
YA
26
DB
SLD
(FG)
X0
AJ65BTB2-16D
AJ65BTB1-16T
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
X3
16
17
19
21
X7
22
23
NC
24
X8
25
27
29
XB
30
31
33
35
XF
36
COMB COMA
37
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
Y5
14
Y6 COM1-
15
Y7
16
17
19
21
YB
22
YC
23
YD
24
YE COM2-
25
27
COMB
18
COMB
26
COMB
32
COMB
CLT1+
CLT2+
DA
DG
+24V
24G
24G
2N4GC
10
X0
COMB
12
X2
14
X6
XA
28
XE
34
DA
DG
+24V
24YG1
10
Y2
Y9
XF
2
4
6
8
8
20
2
4
6
12
18
20
YA
26
COMB
COMB
DB
SLD
(FG)
NC
X1
COMB
X4
X5
NC
X9
XC
XD
DB
SLD
(FG)
Y0
Y4
Y8
AJ65BTB2-16R
AJ65BTC1-32D
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
Y2
15
17
19
21
23
COMB COMD
24 26
Y9
25
27
29
31
33
35
YF
36
COMD COMC
37
1
3
5
7
CTL+
COMB
18
COMD
32
COMD
DA
DG
+24V
COMB
12
Y3
16
Y6
Y7
22
COMB COMA
YA
YB
30
YE
34
DA
DG
+24V
2
4
6
10
14
20
28
2
4
6
CTLG
COMD
DB
SLD
(FG)
Y0
Y1
COMB
Y4
Y5
Y8
YC
YD
DB
SLD
(FG)
AJ65BTB1-16D
AJ65BTC1-32T
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
X5
14
X6
15
17
NC
18
X8
19
21
XB
22
XC
23
XD
24
XE
25
27
NC
1
3
5
7
DA
DG
+24V
24G
24XG1
10
X2
X3
12
X4
X7
X9
XF
DA
DG
+24V
24G
2
4
6
8
16
20
XA
26
2
4
6
DB
SLD
(FG)
X0
COM
COM
DB
SLD
(FG)
˾ CC-Link Decentralised Digital Input/Output Modules and Special Function Modules
B RATE STATION NO.
X10 X1
B RATE STATION NO.
MITSUBISHI
CH. 1 CH. 2
AJ65BT-D62D
MITSUBISHI
X10
X1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
9
1
2
3
4
1
1
9
1
2
2
2
2
2
8
7
8
7
PW
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
ø A
ø B
ø A
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
6
6
6
6
5
5
5
5
ø B
RING
PLS RESET
CH. OFFSET UP RESET
DEC
PRE
DEC
PRE
F ST.
EQU1
EQU2
SET
CH. 1 2 CH. 1 2
0
1
2
F ST.
EQU1
EQU2
3
4
GAIN DOWN
AJ65BT-D62D
AJ65BT-64DAI
1
3
5
7
9
11
CH1
13
CH1
15
CH2
17
19
CH2
21
CH2
23
CH1
EQR2 EQR2 COM
25
27
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
13
13
15
17
18
19
CH2
I +
20
21
21
21
23
CH3
I +
24
25
25
25
27
CH4
I +
HLD/
CLR
CH1
CH2
CH2
EQR
HLD/
CH1
DA
DG
+24V
24G
øA24(GA ) øB ( B ) COM øA ( A ) øB ( B ) PRST F. ST
DA
DG
+24V
24G
24G
24G
24G
24G
24G
24G
CLR
12
I +
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
2
4
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
14
14
16
16
22
COM
26
CH1
CH1
CH1
CH1
CH2
CH2
CH2
CH1
CH2 +12
EQR1 EQR1
24V
DB
SLD
(FG)
øA ( A ) øB ( B ) PRST
F. ST øA ( A ) øB ( B ) COM
DB
SLD
(FG)
TEST TEST
COM
COM
COM
AJ65BT-64DAV
1
3
5
7
9
11
15
17
17
19
23
27
HLD/
CLR
B RATE STATION NO.
HLD/
CH1
V+
CH2
CH3
CH4
V+
MITSUBISHI
AJ65BT-D75P2-S3
DA
DG
+24V
24G
X10
X1
CLR
12
V+
V+
0
0
0
1
1
9
1
2
4
6
10
18
COM
20
22
COM
24
26
COM
2
2
3
2
3
4
8
7
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
3
DB
SLD
(FG)
TEST TEST
COM
4
4
6
6
5
5
MODE RESET
AX1
AX2
AJ65BT-64AD
1
3
5
7
9
11
15
CH2
V+
16
CH2
I +
19
23
27
FG1
CH1
CH3
CH4
DA
DG
+24V
COM
14
COM
18
CH3
I +
SLD
22
SLD
26
AG
V+
V+
V+
2
4
6
10
TEST TEST
12
CH1
I +
20
COM
24
COM
CH4
I +
DB
SLD
(FG)
SLD
AJ65BT-64RD3
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
SLD
14
NC
15
A2
16
B2
17
b2
18
NC
19
A3
20
B3
21
23
SLD
24
NC
25
A4
26
B4
27
DA
DG
+24V
A1
10
B1
b1
b3
b4
2
4
6
12
SLD
22
SLD
DB
SLD
(FG)
NC
AJ65BT-D75P2-S3
1
3
5
7
AJ65BT-64RD4
DA
DG
+24V
24G
2
4
6
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
SLD
14
a2
15
A2
16
B2
17
b2
18
a3
19
A3
20
B3
21
23
SLD
24
a4
25
A4
26
B4
27
DB
SLD
(FG)
DA
DG
+24V
A1
10
B1
b1
b3
b4
2
4
6
12
SLD
22
SLD
DB
SLD
(FG)
a1
B RATE STATION NO.
X10 X1
AJ65BT-68TD
MITSUBISHI
AJ65BT-R2
RS-232-C
0
0
0
1
1
9
1
2
3
4
1
3
5
7
9
CH1 + CH2 + CH3 + CH4 + CH5 + CH6 + CH7 + CH8 + RTD
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
CH1 - CH2 - CH3 - CH4 - CH5 - CH6 - CH7 - CH8 -
NC NC
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
2
3
2
8
7
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
SD
RD
XC
XD
YC
YD
3
4
4
6
DA
DG
+24V
RTD
6
5
5
ERR.
2
4
6
SW
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MODE
RESET
ON
1
DB
SLD
(FG)
L ERR.
RS-232-C
I/O
AJ65BT-R2
1
3
5
7
1
3
5
7
DA
DG
+24V
6
24G
XC
2
XD
4
YC
6
YD
2
4
DB
SLD
(FG)
COM1
NC COM2
88
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Dimensions
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
˾ Base Units
X (in mm)
220
Type
A
A1S32B-E
A1S33B-E
A1S35B-E
A1S38B-E
A1S38HB
A1S52B-S1
A1S55B-S1
A1S58B-S1
A1S65B-S1
A1S68B-S1
Q
255
BASICS
325
430
430
155
260
1
365
315
420
X
˾ CPUs and Power Supply Modules
54,5
6,5
AnS: 93,6 / QnAS 110
93,6
6,5
54,5
˾ Digital and Special Function Modules
34,5
6,5
93,6
6,5
71,6
93,6
69,5
22
89
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
Dimensions
˾ Profibus/DP MT Modules
56
76
60
A
Q
BASICS
22,5
36
96
60
6
8
5
,
1
4
˾ Profibus/DP MC Modules
14,5
206,5
217,5
45
70,5
90
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Dimensions
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
˾ Profibus/DP Compact I/O Modules
A
STATION NO.
X10
MITSUBISHI
AJ95TB2-16T
X1
Q
RUN BF DIA L1+ L2+
BASICS
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D E F
BUS
TEMINATION
DP I / F
IN
IN
24V
L1+ (+C)
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7
X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
(FG)
1,21 22 31,32
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2,41
24G
42-60
L1G (-C)
X0
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
X8
X9
XA
XB
XC
XD
XE
XF
ON
TB3-16D
46,5
197,4
˾ MELSEC AnS/QnAS Decentralised Input/Output Modules
X (in mm)
82
Type
AJ55TB3-4D
AJ55TB3-8D
AJ55TB3-16D
AJ55TB32-4DR
AJ55TB32-8DR
AJ55TB32-16DR
AJ55TB2-4R
AJ55TB2-8R
AJ55TB2-16R
114
177
82
114
177
82
114
X
66
177
˾ CC-Link Decentralised Input/Output Modules and Special Function Modules
2 x ø4,5
B RATE STATION NO.
MITSUBISHI
AJ65BT-64DAI
X10
X1
0
0
0
1
1
9
1
2
2
2
8
7
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
3
3
3
4
4
4
6
6
5
5
CH. OFFSET UP RESET
SET
0
1
2
3
4
GAIN DOWN
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
DA DG +24V 24G
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
DB SLD (FG)
Ax
A
9,5
C
I/O Modules
Analog modules
Special Funktion Modules
Type
AJ65BTB1- AJ65BTB2- AJ65BTC1- AJ65BTB1- AJ65BTB1- AJ65BTC1- AJ65BTB2- AJ65BT-
16D 16D 32D 16DT 16T 32T 16R 64AD
AJ65BT-
64DAV/DAI 68TD
AJ65BT-
AJ65BT-
64RD3/4 D62
AJ65BT-
AJ65BT-
D75P2-S3 R2
AJ65BT-
A
Ax
B
151.9
197.4
165
151.9
151.9
165
156
65
197.4
151.9
151.9
142.9
65
151.9
151.9
142.9
65
151.9
170
161
80
170
161
80
142.9
65
188.4
65
156
65
142.9
65
142.9
65
188.4
65
142.9
65
142.9
65
142.9
65
Bx
C
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
71
71
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
63
63
63
63
63
63.5
63.5
91
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
PROGRAMMING
Software
Programming and Documentation Software for Standard Personal Computers
With the MELSoft software family
The MELSoft family comprises:
Ȝ Programming packages like GPP/WIN
and MELSEC MEDOC plus
GPP/WIN is recommended as a cost-
A
Mitsubishi Electric offers efficient software
packages helping to reduce programming
and setup times to a high degree.
effective beginners package for the A/Q
series. This package offers a quick and easy
introduction to programming.
Q
BASICS
Ȝ Network configuration software
The MELSoft software family provides in-
stant access, direct communications, com-
patibility, and open exchange of variables.
For structured programming the IEC1131
conform programming software MELSEC
MECOC plus is recommended.
MELSEC ProfiMap
Ȝ Visualization software MX SCADA
Ȝ Software for a dynamic data exchange
For detailed information please order our
separate MELSoft brochure.
like MXChange
Ȝ Various development software for
operator terminals (refer to the
Technical Catalogue HMI)
˾ GPP/WIN
GPP/WIN is the standard programming
software for the MELSEC A/Q series and
combines all functions of MELSEC MEDOC
with the user guidance of Microsoft
Windows.
Besides efficient monitoring and diagnos-
tics functions GPP/WIN features an offline
simulation of any PLC type from the FX0S
to the Q4AR.
This software provides all the Windows-
specific advantages and is especially suited
to all MELSEC PLCs.
With GPP/WIN you can comfortably create
PLC programs alternatively in the form of
Ladder Diagrams or Instruction Lists.
Both forms of representation can be
toggled easily during operation.
GPP/WIN can be run under Windows 95
and Windows NT.
Software
Series
MM GPP/WIN
All MELSEC PLCs
English / German
CD ROM
All MELSEC PLCs
English / German
CD ROM
Language
Disk type
Included accessory
Converter
—
Art. no. 126047
126048
Order information
˾ MELSEC MEDOC plus
MELSEC MEDOC plusprovides all functions of
the pre-mentioned programs and meets the
programming standard for the future:
IEC 1131.3. This makes MELSEC MEDOC plus
ready for the programming standard of the
future and offers in addition the basis for the
on-leading programming of the MELSEC A
and Q series.
MELSEC MEDOC plus can be run under
Windows 3.11 and Windows 95/98.
The software is supplied complete with an
SC-09N serial interface cable.
Software
Series
S-Set
Q-Set
AnS(H), AnAS, AnUS, FX family
English / German
CD ROM
All MELSEC PLCs
English / German
CD ROM
Language
Disk type
Art. no. 126810
126811
Order information
92
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Software
PROGRAMMING
Network Configurations Software, Visualization Software and Software for Dynamic Data Exchange
A
˾ MELSEC ProfiMap
Q
BASICS
MELSEC ProfiMap V3.0 is a user friendly
configurations software for open networks
like MAP 3.0/ETHERNET and PROFIBUS/DP
or PROFIBUS/FMS.
Due to the supported extended user
parameters of a GSD file, easy parameter
setting of PROFIBUS/DP slave devices is
possible even for third party devices.
The software package is a 32 bit applica-
tion for Windows 95 and Windows NT4.0.
Configuration of all PROFIBUS modules for
the MELSEC Ans/QnAS and A/Q series is
possible.
The new ProfiMap V3.0 enables the
download of all configuration data via
an overriding network.
Software
ProfiMap 3.0 CD-Set
ProfiMap 3.0 CD
Profibus/DP: A1SJ71PB92D, AJ71PB92D
Profibus/DP: A1SJ71PB92D, AJ71PB92D
Supported master modules for the Mitsubishi
MELSEC AnS/QnAS and A/Q series
Profibus/FMS: A1SJ71PB96F, AJ71PB96F Profibus/FMS: A1SJ71PB96F, AJ71PB96F
MAP3.0/Ethernet: AJ71M56EF2
MAP3.0/Ethernet: AJ71M56EF2
Language
English
English
Configuration cable
Disk type
ProfiCab is included
CD ROM
ProfiCab is not included
CD ROM
Art. no. 128585
128586
Order information
˾ MELSEC MX SCADA
MELSEC MX SCADA is a process visualisa-
tion system that can handle everything
from simple installations to complex pro-
duction control systems. The software
package can administer up to 100000 ob-
jects. A variety of interfaces are supported,
including ETHERNET. The software runs
under Windows 95 and Windows NT and is
available in a variety of different versions
geared to the objects to be handled.
Software
Series
Development version
Run-time version
All MELSEC PLC
English
DEMO version
All MELSEC PLC
English
All MELSEC PLC
English
Language
Disk type
CD ROM
CD ROM
CD ROM
Art. no. On request
On request
65135
Order information
˾ MELSEC MX Change
MELSEC MXChange is integrated in the
MELSOFT family as the “heart of automa-
tion”. The software package consists of a
Server and a Super Projekt Manager, other
automation programs can be connected
to. Since MXChange operates across a net-
work, any variable once declared can be
used by all other systems connected to the
database.
Through this method following the princi-
ple “define once and use anywhere” the
development time can even be decreased
drastically.
The software runs under Windows 95 and
Windows NT.
Software
Language
MXChange Network
Stand-alone
English
Stand-alone
English
English
10.000
CD ROM
Executable tags
Disk type
10.000
500
CD ROM
CD ROM
Art. no. 129639
129640
129641
Order information
93
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
PROGRAMMING
Software
Graphical Programming for Closed-loop Control Systems
A
˾ MELSEC IDR BLOK
Q
BASICS
IDR-BLOK is a user-friendly development
tool for programming closed-loop applica-
tions using PLC technology. Configuring a
controlled system couldn’t be simpler –
you just assemble it graphically by placing
function blocks on the screen and the inte-
grated compiler than generates the code
for the PLC. The open design means that
the user can intervene and change the
control parameters at any time with the
PLC program.
Additional function blocks for autotuning,
fuzzy logic and ATHC are available in combina-
tion with the run-time module IDR10F-ADU.
IDR-BLOK turns a sequential logic control-
ler into a multi-loop controller. It is the
closed-loop programming software pack-
age for all AnSH/QnAS* controllers
(*QnAS only in combination with a
co-processor module).
The software runs under Windows 95/98
and Windows NT.
Software
Full version
AnSH (AnN)*
AnAS, QnAS (AnU, AnA, QnA)*
1.024
Compact version
Demo version
CPU
Application
mit Co-Prozessor*
Max. used blocks per application
Language
64
16
English
Disk type
CD ROM
Art. no. 129666
129665
on request
Order information
* For the AnN, AnU, AnA and QnA series the following accessories are required:
connection cable A1SC05NB (art.no. 24983) and extension base unit A1S52B-S1 (art.no. 39667).
˾ RUN-Time Products for IDR BLOK
To use the IDR-BLOK software the hereafter
described run-time modules are necessary.
These modules are available as single
modules or within a bundle package.
The A1SD51S-IDR is a co-processor module
which is a standard MELSEC high-speed
communication module A1SD51S with a
preloaded IDR BLOK interpreter.
R10F
ID
0
1
2
T
WD
The IDR function module IDR10F is an inte-
grated necessary part of the run-time pack-
age. It provides supervisory functions for
the customer with digital output watch
dog alarm signals and protects the process
control against unexpected troubles.
A
1SD51S-IDR
N
SD
RD
SD
RD
SD
RD
CH1
CH1
CH2
CH2
CH3
CH3
RU
ERR.
OG.
S.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
PR
SE
MT
R
UN
P1.
P1.
P2.
P2.
ERR
RUN
ERR
O.
PR
M.
8
N
RU
9
OP
ST
B
D C
.
RES
C)
232-
RS-
SW
1(
CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Specifications
IDR10F-STD
IDR10F-ADV
1 x IDR10F-ADV
Max. 1024
IDR bundle 1
IDR bundle 2
IDR-BLOK software, IDR-BLOK software,
1 x IDR10F-STD,
1 x A1SD51S-IDR
Shipping contents
1 x IDR10F-STD
1 x IDR10F-ADV,
1 x A1SD51S-IDR
9
10
11
12
ON
C)
232-
RS-
2(
CH
Function blocks
Max. 1024
—
Max. 1024
Max. 1024
Program features
Fuzzy logic,
GAT, ATHC
Fuzzy logic,
GAT, ATHC
Additional functions
—
ONT
FR
SIDE
CH3
TERMINA
R
TO
R
S
'
4
8
5
Software
—
—
IDR-BLOK 4.10
IDR-BLOK 4.10
O
R
S
'
4
2
2
P
E
N
Module dimensions
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
IDR
A1SD51S-
Art. no. 125359
129658
87511
on request
Order information
94
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Software
PROGRAMMING
˾ Co-Processor Module SPAC20
MELSEC SPAC20
A
Q
The SPAC20 is a co-processor module for special pro-
cess applications and high-end process control. It is
the ideal supplementation for the IDR BLOK Software.
BASICS
X
Y
20
AC
SP
0
1
2
3
4
5
N
RU
Furthermore self-developed control applications can
be realized with C programming language.
T
WD
T
BOO
RD
SD/
/TO
OM
FR
L
L
TT
PS
BA
+
MB
-
0V
GF
FG
N
RU
OP
+A00
+24
1
Special features:
1
ST
00
-A
0
D0
2
2
RESET
1
D0 +A01
3
3
Ȝ C programmed user’s tasks
01
-A
0V
4
4
+A02
+24
5
5
Ȝ Communication with PLC processor via fast back
plane bus
Ȝ Real-time execution
02
-A
2
D0
D0
0V
6
6
3 +A03
03
7
7
-A
8
8
+24
9
9
SV0
4
D0
SELECT
0
+AI
10
01
5
D0
1
I0
-A
1
Special non-linear processes with fast FUZZY
controller
1
Ȝ
ME
TI
WD
0V
2
3
4
5
6
12
0
AG
21
F
OF
R
WD
NO
W.
NO
31
SV1
0
+DI
13
S
BU
41
1
+AI
I0
-D
14
T
AR
ST
51
I/O
I1
Ȝ Integrated fast digital and analog inputs and
-A
1
15
+DI
ON
61
1
AG
I1
16
-D
outputs
71
SV2
71
2
+DI
81
2
+AI
18
I2
-D
Ȝ Stand-alone possibility
91
I2
-A
19
3
+DI
02
2
AG
20
I3
232C
S-
R
-D
12
12
SV3
3
4
+DI
2
2
I4 +AI
-D
32
32
I3
-A
5
+DI
42
42
3
I5 AG
-D
B
A
B
A
20
AC
SP
Specifications
Working environment
Processor
SPAC 20
MELSEC AnS/QnS or AnU/QnA* series PLCs or as stand alone device without CPU
40 MHz Texas Instruments TMS 320C32 DSP with floating point
Memory
2 MB RAM battery backed-up, 2 MB FLASH
Peripheral communication
RS232C, up to 56 Kbaud
Number
6
Response time
Voltage
Nominal input current
Max. input voltage range
Frequency meters
Galvanic isolation
Number
< 20 µs in high-speed mode
24 V (OFF < 5V, ON > 12V)
7.7 mA
-24 V bis +40 V
4 digital inputs can be used as frequency meters (up to 20 kHz each)
Separate for each channel, no common
6
Digital
inputs
Nominal current
Protection
0.5 A
Digital
outputs
Short-circuit, thermal overload, reverse polarity
Galvanic isolation
Number
Between each pair of outputs and A-BUS
4
Sampling rate
Resolution
Galvanic isolation
Voltage
80 µs in fast mode, 160 µs in normal mode
16 bits
Between analog common and A-BUS
-10Vto+10VDC
Analog
inputs
Current
-20 mA to +20 mA
Optional Piggy back modules
Number
Pt-100/Pt-1000, R100/R1000 Ω, separate galvanic isolation 4–20 mA
4
Refresh rate
Resolution
Galvanic isolation
Voltage
80 µs in fast mode, 160 µs in normal mode
12 Bit + sign in voltage mode, 12 bit in current mode
Between analog common and A-BUS
10 V DC
Analog
outputs
Current
0/4to20mA
Protection
Short-circuit in voltage mode
Approx. 0.4 A at 5 V DC
24 V DC ( 20 %)
Approx. 15 mA for digital outputs; up to 200 mA for analog I/O board
IDR BLOK and/or TI “C” programming language
From the back plane
External voltage
Current
Power
supply
Programmable with
on request
Art. no.
Order information
Clamp type terminal blocks, Piggy back module Pt-100/Pt-1000 or R100/R1000 Ω, Piggy back module separate galvanic isolated analog input
channels 4–20 mA, IDR BLOK programming tool, TI development tools for “C” language programming
Accessory
* Connection to the MELSEC AnU/QnA series is only possible via extension base unit A1S52B-S1
95
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
– Cables
Programming Unit – EPROM Writer
PROGRAMMING
˾ Hand-held Programming Unit A7PU
The hand-held programming unit A7PU is
used for the MELSEC A controllers.
Programming takes the form of an instruc-
tion list.
A
Q
The programming unit can be mounted
directly on the controller or connected by
a cable.
The unit is suitable for minor program
changes directly on the machine.
BASICS
T
UNI
NG
A 7PU
PROGRAMMI
Specifications
A7PU
PRM
EST
T
F
MNT
F
C
K
General specifications
Ambient temperature
Conform to basic components of AnS/QnAS
0 – 40 °C
IN
N
S
E
MRD
D
L
WR
D
DEC
TO
C
K
RD
MPP
RET
R
B
J
=
B
A
½
I
MPS
X
P
A
/
P
W
H
W
*
G
END
Z
O
N
BI
P
V
NO Y
N
BCD
MOV
U
SSN
MC
Ambient relative humidity
(non-condensing)
M
-
F
SFT
T
OR
E
+
85 %
STP
-
S
MCR
AND
B
CL
D
OR
A
LD
C
STP
Ô
PLS
+
AND
9
7
I
ORB
6
SP
LD
OUT
3
8
ANB
5
CJ
2
SET
Power supply
Current consumption
Display
5 V DC (from PLC)
4
SFT
1
RST
0
mA 300
LCD
CMT
Character display
Keyboard
16 x 2
54 keys
Cable, is adjoined
Weight
J1, to connect a standard cassette-player
kg 0.5
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 188 x 79 x 44.5
Art. no. 3922
Oder information
˾ A6WU EPROM Writer
The EPROM writer A6WU is used for trans-
fering the PLC programs of the MELSEC AnS
controller to the EPROM memory cassette.
Conversely, existing programs on the
memory cassette can be written into the
CMOS RAM of the controller and pro-
gram comparisons can be carried out.
T
U
UNI
A 6W
TER
RI
W
ROM
P-
RES
R
CL
F
E
SP
DI
B
D
T
X
E
N
A
C
7
9
GO
S
S
A
P
6
8
3
5
2
4
A6WU
1
0
Art. no. 3921
Order information
CMT
˾ Connecting Cable
The cables AC30R4 and AC300CR4 are used
for connecting the hand-held programming
unit to the controller.
The cable AC 30WU is used for connect-
ing the EPROM writer.
Specifications
Connecting device
Length
AC 30R4
A7PU
3
AC300CR4
A7PU
AC 30WU
A6WU
3
m
30
Art. no. 3930
3928
15033
Order information
96
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Teaching Unit
PROGRAMMING
˾ Teaching Unit AD71TU
The AD71TU teaching unit is used for
setting parameters and entering position
data for the AD71 and AD72 positioning
modules.
This unit is often used for on-site system
setup and commissioning.
A
Q
An additional interface is provided for
the connection of a standard cassette
recorder for data storage.
BASICS
Position parameters are read and written
via the handy unit’s integrated RS422
interface.
D71TU
Specifications
General specifications
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Power supply
AD71TU
Conforms to MELSEC A series basic components
0 – 40 °C
-20 °C – 50 °C
V
DC 5 (by positioning module)
Power consumption
Display type
mA 0.3
LCD
Display format
16 characters x 2 lines
Keypad
Membrane keypad, 30 keys
Cassette recorder cable
Programming software
Programming cable
Weight
J1, for connection of a standard cassette recorder
SW0-AD71PE, art. no. 4191
AC30R4, art. no. 3930
kg 0.45
Dimensions(WxHxD)
mm 79x188x23
Art. no. 4193
Order information
97
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Company: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Department: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V.
Factory-Automation / German Branch
Gothaer Str. 8
Street:
Address:
Phone:
Fax:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-40880 Ratingen
Fax: +49 2102 486-112
Order declaration
Pos.
Number
Item (type)
Article number
Description
Remarks
Notes when ordering:
When ordering, please use only the type designations and order numbers shown in this catalogue.
98
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
INDEX
A80BD(E)-J61BT13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 A1SX81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
AJ55TB2-16R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 A1SY10EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
AJ55TB2-4R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 A1SY14EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
AJ55TB2-8R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 A1SY18AEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
AJ55TB3-16D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 A1SY22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
AJ55TB32-16DR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 A1SY28EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
AJ55TB32-4DR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 A1SY68A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
AJ55TB32-8DR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 A1SY80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
AJ55TB3-4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 A1SY81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
AJ55TB3-8D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Accessories
Adapter cable for extension base units . 79
Battery A6BAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Connecting cable A32CBL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Connecting cable for programming unit96
Dust cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
EPROM-/EEPROM memory cassettes. . . . 80
EPROM adapter units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
EPROM writer A6WU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Hand-held programming unitA7PU . . . . 96
Interface converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Memory cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Profibus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
System adapter set for MT series . . . . . . . 82
Teaching unit AD71TU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Dummy modules
AJ65BT-62D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
AJ65BT-62D-S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 A1SG60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
AJ65BT-64AD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 A1SG62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
AJ65BT-64DAI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Interface modules
AJ65BT-64DAV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
AJ65BT-64RD3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
AJ65BT-64RD4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
AJ65BT-68TD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
AJ65BTB1-16D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
AJ65BTB1-16DT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
AJ65BTB1-16T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
AJ65BTB2-16D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
AJ65BTB2-16R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
AJ65BTC1-32D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
AJ65BTC1-32T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
AJ65BT-D62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
AJ65BT-D75P2-S3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
AJ65BT-R2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
AJ95TB2-16T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
AJ95TB3-16D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
AJ95TB32-16DT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
MC-DPX16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
MC-DPX8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
MC-DPX8Y4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
MC-DPY8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
MT-4AD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
MT-4DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
MT-4DAV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
MT-DP12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
MT-DP12E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
MT-X16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
MT-X4Y4T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
MT-X8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
MT-Y16T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
MT-Y4R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
MT-Y8R5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
MT-Y8T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
MT-Y8T2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
A1SD51S(-BAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
A1SJ71C24-PRF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
A1SJ71QC24-R2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
A1SJ71QC24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
A1SJ71UC24-R2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
A1SJ71UC24-R4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
A1SJ71UC24-R2-S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
A1SJ71UC24-R4-S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Analog input/output modules
A1S62DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
A1S62RD3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
A1S62RD4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
A1S63ADA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
A1S64AD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
A1S64TCRT-S1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
A1S64TCTT-S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
A1S66ADA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
A1S68AD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
A1S68DAI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
A1S68DAV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
A1S68TD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Network descriptions
ASI-Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
CC-Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
DeviceNet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
ETHERNET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
MELSECNET/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
MELSECNET/10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
MELSECNET (II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
MELSEC I/O-Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
PROFIBUS/DP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Base and extension units
A1S32B-E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S33B-E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S35B-E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S38B-E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S52B-S1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S55B-S1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S58B-S1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S38HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S65B-S1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S68B-S1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Positioning modules
A1SD70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
A1SD71-S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
A1SD75P1-S3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
A1SD75P2-S3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
A1SD75P3-S3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Pulse catch and interrupt modules
A1SP60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
A1SI61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Communications modules
A1SJ51T64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
A1SJ61BT11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
A1SJ61QBT11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
A1SJ71AP21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
A1SJ71AR21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
A1SJ71AS92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
A1SJ71AT21B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
A1SJ71BR11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
A1SJ71DN91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
A1SJ71E71-B2-S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
A1SJ71E71-B5-S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
A1SJ71LP21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
A1SJ71LP21GE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
A1SJ71PB92D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
A1SJ71PB96F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
A1SJ71QBR11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
A1SJ71QE71-B2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
A1SJ71QE71-B5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
A1SJ71QLP21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
A1SJ71QLP25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
A1SJ71QLR21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
A1SJ72QBR15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
A1SJ72T25B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
A7BDE-J71AP21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
A7BDE-J71AR21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
A70BDE-J71QBR13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
A70BDE-J71QLP23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
A70BDE-J71QLP23GE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
A70BDE-J71QLR23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Power supply modules
A1S61PN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
A1S62PN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
A1S63P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Counter modules
A1SD61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
A1SD62E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Software
MELSEC IDR BLOK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
MELSEC MEDOC GPP/WIN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
MELSEC MEDOC plus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
MELSEC MX Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
MELSEC MX SCADA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
MELSEC ProfiMap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
CPU modules
A1SHCPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
A2SHCPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
A2SHCPU-S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
A2ASCPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
A2ASCPU-S1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
A2ASCPU-S30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
A2ASCPU-S60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
A80BDE-A2USH-S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Q2ASCPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Q2ASCPU-S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Q2ASHCPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Q2ASHCPU-S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Timer module
A1ST60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Digital input/output modules
A1SX10EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
A1SX20EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
A1SX80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
A1SX80-S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
99
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
HEADQUARTERS
EUROPAN REPRESENTATIVES
EUROPAN REPRESENTATIVES
NETHERLANDS
Industrial Automation
Donauweg 10
NL-1043 AJ-Amsterdam
Phone: +31 (0) 20 / 586 15 92
Fax: +31 (0) 20 / 586 19 27
E mail: info.algemeen@getronics.nl
MIDDLE EAST
REPRESENTATIVES
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
EUROPE
GEVA GmbH
AUSTRIA Getronics bv
EUROPE B.V.
TEXEL Electronics Ltd.
PO Box 6272
IL-Netanya 42160
Phone: +972 (0) 9 / 863 08 94
Fax: +972 (0) 9 / 885 24 30
E mail: texel_me@netvsion.net.il
ISRAEL
Wiener Straße 89
German Branch
A-2500 Baden
Gothaer Straße 8
Phone: +43 (0) 2252 / 85 55 20
Fax: +43 (0) 2252 / 488 60
E mail: office@geva.co.at
D-40880 Ratingen
Phone: +49 (0) 21 02 / 486-0
Fax: +49 (0) 21 02 / 4 86-1 12
GETRONICS NV/SA
Pontbeeklaan 43
B-1731 Zellik
BELGIUM
E mail: megfamail@meg.mee.com
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
EUROPE B.V.
ITALIAN BRANCH
Via Paracelso 12
I-20041 Agrate Brianza (MI)
Phone: +39 039 6053 1
Fax: +39 039 6053 312
E mail: industrial@it.mee.com
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
EUROPE B.V.
SPANISH BRANCH
Calle Joan Buscallá, 2–4
E-08190 Sant Cugat del Vallés
Phone: +34 (9) 3 / 565 31 60
Fax: +34 (9) 3 / 589 15 79
E mail: industrial@sp.mee.com
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
EUROPE B.V.
UK Branch
Travellers Lane
GB-Hatfield Herts. AL10 8 XB
Phone: +44 (0) 1707 / 27 61 00
Fax: +44 (0) 1707 / 27 86 95
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
CORPORATION
Mitsubishi Denki Bldg.
2-2-3 Marunouchi
Tokyo 100-8310
Phone: +81 (0) 3 / 32 18 31 76
Fax: +81 (0) 3 / 32 18 24 22
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
AUTOMATION
500 Corporate Woods Parkway
Vernon Hills, IL 60061
Phone: +1 847 / 478 21 00
Fax: +1 847 / 478 22 83
Beijer Electronics AS
NORWAY
ITALY
Teglverksveien 1
Phone: +32 (0) 2 / 467 17 51
Fax: +32 (0) 2 / 467 17 45
N-3002 Drammen
Phone: +47 (0) 32 / 24 30 00
Fax: +47 (0) 32 / 84 85 77
E mail: info@elc.beijer.no
EURASIAN
REPRESENTATIVE
INEA CR d.o.o.
CROATIA
CZECHIA
Drvinje bb
HR-10000 Zagreb
Phone: +385 (0) 1 / 366 71 40
Fax: +385 (0) 1 / 366 71 40
MPL Technology Sp. z.o.o
ul. Wrocławska 53
PL-30011 Kraków
POLAND
JV-CSC Automation
Borisoglebskya St. 11
U-254070 Kiev
Phone: +380 (4) 4 / 416 42 02
Fax: +380 (4) 4 / 463 63 93
E mail: csc-a@carrier.ki
UKRAINE
SPAIN
Phone: +48 (0) 12 / 632 28 85
Fax: +48 (0) 12 / 632 47 82
E mail: mpl@krakow.ipl.net
AUTOCONT s.r.o.
Nemocnicni 12
CZ-70100 Ostrava 1
Phone: +420 (0) 69 / 615 21 11
Fax: +420 (0) 69 / 615 21 12
F. Fonseca Lda
PORTUGAL
Estrada de Taboeira 87/89, Esgueira
P-3800 Aveiro
Louis Poulsen
DENMARK
Phone: +351 (0) 34 / 31 58 00
Fax: +351 (0) 34 / 31 58 04
E mail: amartins@ffonseca.com
Geminivej 32
UK
DK-2670 Greve
Phone: +45 (0) 43 / 95 95 95
Fax: +45 (0) 43 / 95 95 90
E mail: elpefa@elpefa.dk
TUINGDOR
20, Fierarilor Street
ROMANIA
RO-72126 Bucaresti
Phone: +40 (0) 1 / 211 98 01
Fax: +40 (0) 1 / 210 71 81
E mail: tuingdor@pcnet.ro
UTU ELEKTROTEHNIKA AS
P.O. Box 4180
ESTONIA
FINLAND
FRANCE
EE-0090 Tallinn
JAPAN
USA
Phone: +372 6 / 56 31 94
Fax: +372 6 / 56 38 36
E mail: utu@uninet.ee
INEA d.o.o.
Ljubljanska 80
SLOVENIA
SI-1230 Domžale
Phone: +386 (0) 1 / 721 80 00
Fax: +386 (0) 1 / 724 16 72
Beijer Electronics OY
Elannontie 5
FIN-01510 Vantaa
Phone: +358 (0) 9 / 615 20 11
Fax: +358 (0) 9 / 615 20 500
E mail: info@elc.beijer.fi
E mail: zoran.marinsek@inea.si
Medición y Control, S.A.
SPAIN
Gr. Via d. l. Corts Catalanes 133, 4
E-08014 Barcelona
Phone: +34 (9) 3 / 422 77 00
Fax: +34 (9) 3 / 432 28 47
E mail: admin@mecco.org
IP Systèmes
8, Rue Du Colonel Chambonnet
F-69672 Lyon Bron Cedex
Phone: +33 (0) 4 / 72 14 18 00
Fax: +33 (0) 4 / 72 14 18 01
E mail: info@ip-systemes.fr
Beijer Electronics AB
Box 325
S-20123 Malmö
SWEDEN
SANDSOFT
5 Röppentyü Köz
HUNGARY
Phone: +46 (0) 40 / 35 86 00
Fax: +46 (0) 40 / 93 23 01
E mail: info@elc.beijer.se
H-1139 Budapest
Phone: +36 (0) 1 / 375 38 98
Fax: +36 (0) 1/ 3 75 06 88
ECONOTEC AG
Postfach 282
SWITZERLAND
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
EUROPE B.V.
IRELAND
CH-8309 Nürensdorf
Phone: +41 (0) 1 / 838 48 11
Fax: +41 (0) 1 / 838 48 12
E mail: info@econotec.ch
Westgate Business Park, Ballymount
IRL-Dublin 24
Phone: +353 (0) 1 / 419 88 00
Fax: +353 (0) 1 / 419 88 90
GTS
TURKEY
Fahri Gizden Sokak,
Hacaloglu Apt. No. 22/6
TR-80280 Gayrettepe/Istanbul
Phone: +90 (0) 212 / 267 40 11
Fax: +90 (0) 212 / 266 14 50
E mail: gts@turk.net
CARPANETO & C. S.p.A.
Via Ferrero 10
I-10090 Cascine Vica-Rivoli (TO)
Phone: +39 011 / 959 01 11
Fax: +39 011 / 959 02 50
E mail: info.carpaneto@carpaneto.it
ITALY
Specifications subject to change.
Art.-no. 59085-G, Printed in Germany 03/00
FACTORY AUTOMATION
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V.
Gothaer Strasse 8 Phone: +49 2102 486-0
Fax: +49 2102 486-717
www.mitsubishi-automation.de megfamail@meg.mee.com
D-40880 Ratingen Hotline: +49 2102 1805 000-765 /-766 Faxback: +49 2102 486-485 /-790 www.mitsubishi-automation.com
相关型号：
SI9130DB
5- and 3.3-V Step-Down Synchronous ConvertersWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9135LG-T1
SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply ControllerWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9135LG-T1-E3
SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply ControllerWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9135_11
SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply ControllerWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9136_11
Multi-Output Power-Supply ControllerWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9130CG-T1-E3
Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCsWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9130LG-T1-E3
Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCsWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9130_11
Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCsWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9137
Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile ApplicationsWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9137DB
Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile ApplicationsWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9137LG
Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile ApplicationsWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
SI9122E
500-kHz Half-Bridge DC/DC Controller with Integrated Secondary Synchronous Rectification DriversWarning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY
©2020 ICPDF网 联系我们和版权申明